mirror of
https://gitlab.isc.org/isc-projects/kea
synced 2025-08-22 01:49:48 +00:00
8751 lines
413 KiB
ReStructuredText
8751 lines
413 KiB
ReStructuredText
.. _dhcp6:
|
|
|
|
*****************
|
|
The DHCPv6 Server
|
|
*****************
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-start-stop:
|
|
|
|
Starting and Stopping the DHCPv6 Server
|
|
=======================================
|
|
|
|
It is recommended that the Kea DHCPv6 server be started and stopped
|
|
using :iscman:`keactrl` (described in :ref:`keactrl`); however, it is also
|
|
possible to run the server directly via the :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` command, which accepts
|
|
the following command-line switches:
|
|
|
|
- ``-c file`` - specifies the configuration file. This is the only
|
|
mandatory switch.
|
|
|
|
- ``-d`` - specifies whether the server logging should be switched to
|
|
debug/verbose mode. In verbose mode, the logging severity and debuglevel
|
|
specified in the configuration file are ignored; "debug" severity
|
|
and the maximum debuglevel (99) are assumed. The flag is convenient
|
|
for temporarily switching the server into maximum verbosity, e.g.
|
|
when debugging.
|
|
|
|
- ``-p server-port`` - specifies the local UDP port on which the server
|
|
listens. This is only useful during testing, as a DHCPv6 server
|
|
listening on ports other than the standard ones is not able to
|
|
handle regular DHCPv6 queries.
|
|
|
|
- ``-P client-port`` - specifies the remote UDP port to which the
|
|
server sends all responses. This is only useful during testing,
|
|
as a DHCPv6 server sending responses to ports other than the standard
|
|
ones is not able to handle regular DHCPv6 queries.
|
|
|
|
- ``-t file`` - specifies a configuration file to be tested. :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
loads it, checks it, and exits. During the test, log messages are
|
|
printed to standard output and error messages to standard error. The
|
|
result of the test is reported through the exit code (0 =
|
|
configuration looks OK, 1 = error encountered). The check is not
|
|
comprehensive; certain checks are possible only when running the
|
|
server.
|
|
|
|
- ``-T file`` - specifies a configuration file to be tested. :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
loads it, checks it, and exits. It performs extra checks beyond what ``-t``
|
|
offers, such as establishing database connections (for the lease backend,
|
|
host reservations backend, configuration backend, and forensic logging
|
|
backend), loading hook libraries, parsing hook-library configurations, etc.
|
|
It does not open UNIX or TCP/UDP sockets, nor does it open or rotate
|
|
files, as any of these actions could interfere with a running process on the
|
|
same machine.
|
|
|
|
- ``-v`` - displays the Kea version and exits.
|
|
|
|
- ``-V`` - displays the Kea extended version with additional parameters
|
|
and exits. The listing includes the versions of the libraries
|
|
dynamically linked to Kea.
|
|
|
|
- ``-W`` - displays the Kea configuration report and exits. The report
|
|
is a copy of the ``config.report`` file produced by ``meson setup``;
|
|
it is embedded in the executable binary.
|
|
|
|
The contents of the ``config.report`` file may also be accessed by examining
|
|
certain libraries in the installation tree or in the source tree.
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: shell
|
|
|
|
# from installation using libkea-process.so
|
|
$ strings ${prefix}/lib/libkea-process.so | sed -n 's/;;;; //p'
|
|
|
|
# from sources using libkea-process.so
|
|
$ strings src/lib/process/.libs/libkea-process.so | sed -n 's/;;;; //p'
|
|
|
|
# from sources using libkea-process.a
|
|
$ strings src/lib/process/.libs/libkea-process.a | sed -n 's/;;;; //p'
|
|
|
|
# from sources using libcfgrpt.a
|
|
$ strings src/lib/process/cfgrpt/.libs/libcfgrpt.a | sed -n 's/;;;; //p'
|
|
|
|
- ``-X`` - As of Kea 3.0, disables security restrictions. The server will
|
|
still check for violations but will emit warning logs when they are found
|
|
rather than fail with an error. Please see
|
|
:ref:`sec-kea-runtime-security-policy-checking` for details.
|
|
|
|
On startup, the server detects available network interfaces and
|
|
attempts to open UDP sockets on all interfaces listed in the
|
|
configuration file. Since the DHCPv6 server opens privileged ports, it
|
|
requires root access; this daemon must be run as root.
|
|
|
|
During startup, the server attempts to create a PID file of the
|
|
form: ``[pidfile_dir]/[conf name].kea-dhcp6.pid``, where:
|
|
|
|
- ``pidfile_dir`` - is ``[prefix]/[localstatedir]/run/kea`` where
|
|
``prefix`` and ``localstatedir`` are the values passed into meson setup using
|
|
``--prefix`` and ``--localstatedir`` which default to ``/usr/local`` and
|
|
``var`` respectively. So the whole ``pidfile_dir`` defaults to
|
|
``/usr/local/var``. Note that this value may be overridden at runtime by
|
|
setting the environment variable ``KEA_PIDFILE_DIR`` intended primarily for
|
|
testing purposes.
|
|
|
|
- ``conf name``: The configuration file name used to start the server,
|
|
minus all preceding paths and the file extension. For example, given
|
|
a pathname of ``/usr/local/etc/kea/myconf.txt``, the portion used would
|
|
be ``myconf``.
|
|
|
|
If the file already exists and contains the PID of a live process, the
|
|
server issues a ``DHCP6_ALREADY_RUNNING`` log message and exits. It is
|
|
possible, though unlikely, that the file is a remnant of a system crash
|
|
and the process to which the PID belongs is unrelated to Kea. In such a
|
|
case, it would be necessary to manually delete the PID file.
|
|
|
|
The server can be stopped using the ``kill`` command. When running in a
|
|
console, the server can also be shut down by pressing Ctrl-c. Kea detects
|
|
the key combination and shuts down gracefully.
|
|
|
|
The reconfiguration of each Kea server is triggered by the SIGHUP signal.
|
|
When a server receives the SIGHUP signal it rereads its configuration file and,
|
|
if the new configuration is valid, uses the new configuration.
|
|
If the new configuration proves to be invalid, the server retains its
|
|
current configuration; however, in some cases a fatal error message is logged
|
|
indicating that the server is no longer providing any service: a working
|
|
configuration must be loaded as soon as possible.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-configuration:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Server Configuration
|
|
===========================
|
|
|
|
Introduction
|
|
------------
|
|
|
|
This section explains how to configure the Kea DHCPv6 server using a
|
|
configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Before DHCPv6 is started, its configuration file must
|
|
be created. The basic configuration is as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
# DHCPv6 configuration starts on the next line
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
|
|
# First we set up global values
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 4000,
|
|
"renew-timer": 1000,
|
|
"rebind-timer": 2000,
|
|
"preferred-lifetime": 3000,
|
|
|
|
# Next we set up the interfaces to be used by the server.
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth0" ]
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
# And we specify the type of lease database
|
|
"lease-database": {
|
|
"type": "memfile",
|
|
"persist": true,
|
|
"name": "/var/lib/kea/dhcp6.leases"
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
# Finally, we list the subnets from which we will be leasing addresses.
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
# DHCPv6 configuration ends with the next line
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The following paragraphs provide a brief overview of the parameters in
|
|
the above example, along with their format. Subsequent sections of this
|
|
chapter go into much greater detail for these and other parameters.
|
|
|
|
The lines starting with a hash (#) are comments and are ignored by the
|
|
server; they do not impact its operation in any way.
|
|
|
|
The configuration starts in the first line with the initial opening
|
|
curly bracket (or brace). Each configuration must contain an object
|
|
specifying the configuration of the Kea module using it. In the example
|
|
above, this object is called ``Dhcp6``.
|
|
|
|
The ``Dhcp6`` configuration starts with the ``"Dhcp6": {`` line and ends
|
|
with the corresponding closing brace (in the above example, the brace
|
|
after the last comment). Everything defined between those lines is
|
|
considered to be the ``Dhcp6`` configuration.
|
|
|
|
In general, the order in which those parameters appear does not
|
|
matter, but there are two caveats. The first one is that the
|
|
configuration file must be well-formed JSON, meaning that the
|
|
parameters for any given scope must be separated by a comma, and there
|
|
must not be a comma after the last parameter. When reordering a
|
|
configuration file, moving a parameter to or from the
|
|
last position in a given scope may also require moving the comma. The
|
|
second caveat is that it is uncommon — although legal JSON — to repeat
|
|
the same parameter multiple times. If that happens, the last occurrence
|
|
of a given parameter in a given scope is used, while all previous
|
|
instances are ignored. This is unlikely to cause any confusion as there
|
|
are no real-life reasons to keep multiple copies of the same parameter
|
|
in the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
The first few DHCPv6 configuration elements
|
|
define some global parameters. ``valid-lifetime`` defines how long the
|
|
addresses (leases) given out by the server are valid; the default
|
|
is for a client to be allowed to use a given address for 4000
|
|
seconds. (Note that integer numbers are specified as is, without any
|
|
quotes around them.) The address will become deprecated in 3000 seconds,
|
|
i.e. clients are allowed to keep old connections, but cannot use this
|
|
address to create new connections. ``renew-timer`` and
|
|
``rebind-timer`` are values (also in seconds) that define T1 and T2 timers, which govern
|
|
when the client begins the renewal and rebind procedures.
|
|
|
|
The ``interfaces-config`` map specifies the network interfaces on which the
|
|
server should listen to DHCP messages. The ``interfaces`` parameter specifies
|
|
a list of network interfaces on which the server should listen. Lists are
|
|
opened and closed with square brackets, with elements separated by commas. To
|
|
listen on two interfaces, the ``interfaces-config`` element should look like
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth0", "eth1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The next lines define the lease database, the place where the
|
|
server stores its lease information. This particular example tells the
|
|
server to use memfile, which is the simplest and fastest database
|
|
backend. It uses an in-memory database and stores leases on disk in a
|
|
CSV (comma-separated values) file. This is a very simple configuration example;
|
|
usually the lease database configuration is more extensive and contains
|
|
additional parameters. Note that ``lease-database`` is an object and opens up a
|
|
new scope, using an opening brace. Its parameters (just one in this example:
|
|
``type``) follow. If there were more than one, they would be separated
|
|
by commas. This scope is closed with a closing brace. As more parameters
|
|
for the ``Dhcp6`` definition follow, a trailing comma is present.
|
|
|
|
Finally, we need to define a list of IPv6 subnets. This is the most
|
|
important DHCPv6 configuration structure, as the server uses that
|
|
information to process clients' requests. It defines all subnets from
|
|
which the server is expected to receive DHCP requests. The subnets are
|
|
specified with the ``subnet6`` parameter. It is a list, so it starts and
|
|
ends with square brackets. Each subnet definition in the list has
|
|
several attributes associated with it, so it is a structure and is
|
|
opened and closed with braces. At a minimum, a subnet definition must
|
|
have at least two parameters: ``subnet``, which defines the whole
|
|
subnet; and ``pools``, which is a list of dynamically allocated pools
|
|
that are governed by the DHCP server.
|
|
|
|
The example contains a single subnet. If more than one were defined,
|
|
additional elements in the ``subnet6`` parameter would be specified and
|
|
separated by commas. For example, to define two subnets, the following
|
|
syntax would be used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::/112" } ],
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:2::1-2001:db8:2::ffff" } ],
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:2::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Note that indentation is optional and is used for aesthetic purposes
|
|
only. In some cases it may be preferable to use more compact notation.
|
|
|
|
After all the parameters have been specified, there are two contexts open:
|
|
``global`` and ``Dhcp6``; thus, two closing curly brackets must be used to close
|
|
them.
|
|
|
|
Lease Storage
|
|
-------------
|
|
|
|
All leases issued by the server are stored in the lease database.
|
|
There are three database backends available: memfile
|
|
(the default), MySQL, PostgreSQL.
|
|
|
|
Memfile - Basic Storage for Leases
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The server is able to store lease data in different repositories. Larger
|
|
deployments may elect to store leases in a database;
|
|
:ref:`database-configuration6` describes this option. In
|
|
typical smaller deployments, though, the server stores lease
|
|
information in a CSV file rather than a database. As well as requiring
|
|
less administration, an advantage of using a file for storage is that it
|
|
eliminates a dependency on third-party database software.
|
|
|
|
The configuration of the memfile backend is controlled through
|
|
the ``Dhcp6``/``lease-database`` parameters. The ``type`` parameter is mandatory
|
|
and specifies which storage for leases the server should use, through
|
|
the ``"memfile"`` value. The following list gives additional optional parameters
|
|
that can be used to configure the memfile backend.
|
|
|
|
- ``persist``: controls whether the new leases and updates to existing
|
|
leases are written to the file. It is strongly recommended that the
|
|
value of this parameter be set to ``true`` at all times during the
|
|
server's normal operation. Not writing leases to disk means that if a
|
|
server is restarted (e.g. after a power failure), it will not know
|
|
which addresses have been assigned. As a result, it may assign new clients
|
|
addresses that are already in use. The value of
|
|
``false`` is mostly useful for performance-testing purposes. The
|
|
default value of the ``persist`` parameter is ``true``, which enables
|
|
writing lease updates to the lease file.
|
|
|
|
- ``name``: specifies the lease file in which new leases and lease updates
|
|
are recorded. The default value for this parameter is
|
|
``"[kea-install-dir]/var/lib/kea/kea-leases6.csv"``.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.9, lease files may only be loaded from the data directory
|
|
determined during compilation: ``"[kea-install-dir]/var/lib/kea"``. This
|
|
path may be overridden at startup by setting the environment variable
|
|
``KEA_DHCP_DATA_DIR`` to the desired path. If a path other than
|
|
this value is used in ``name``, Kea will emit an error and refuse to start
|
|
or, if already running, log an unrecoverable error. For ease of use in
|
|
specifying a custom file name simply omit the path component from ``name``.
|
|
|
|
- ``lfc-interval``: specifies the interval, in seconds, at which the
|
|
server will perform a lease file cleanup (LFC). This removes
|
|
redundant (historical) information from the lease file and
|
|
effectively reduces the lease file size. The cleanup process is
|
|
described in more detail later in this section. The default
|
|
value of the ``lfc-interval`` is ``3600``. A value of ``0`` disables the LFC.
|
|
|
|
- ``max-row-errors``: specifies the number of row errors before the server
|
|
stops attempting to load a lease file. When the server loads a lease file, it is processed
|
|
row by row, each row containing a single lease. If a row is flawed and
|
|
cannot be processed correctly the server logs it, discards the row,
|
|
and goes on to the next row. This parameter can be used to set a limit on
|
|
the number of such discards that can occur, after which the server
|
|
abandons the effort and exits. The default value of ``0`` disables the limit
|
|
and allows the server to process the entire file, regardless of how many
|
|
rows are discarded.
|
|
|
|
An example configuration of the memfile backend is presented below:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"lease-database": {
|
|
"type": "memfile",
|
|
"persist": true,
|
|
"name": "kea-leases6.csv",
|
|
"lfc-interval": 1800,
|
|
"max-row-errors": 100
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This configuration selects ``kea-leases6.csv`` as the storage file
|
|
for lease information and enables persistence (writing lease updates to
|
|
this file). It also configures the backend to perform a periodic cleanup
|
|
of the lease file every 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and sets the maximum number of
|
|
row errors to 100.
|
|
|
|
Why Is Lease File Cleanup Necessary?
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
It is important to know how the lease file contents are organized to
|
|
understand why the periodic lease file cleanup is needed. Every time the
|
|
server updates a lease or creates a new lease for a client, the new
|
|
lease information must be recorded in the lease file. For performance
|
|
reasons, the server does not update the existing client's lease in the
|
|
file, as this would potentially require rewriting the entire file.
|
|
Instead, it simply appends the new lease information to the end of the
|
|
file; the previous lease entries for the client are not removed. When
|
|
the server loads leases from the lease file, e.g. at server startup,
|
|
it assumes that the latest lease entry for the client is the valid one.
|
|
Previous entries are discarded, meaning that the server can
|
|
reconstruct accurate information about the leases even though there
|
|
may be many lease entries for each client. However, storing many entries
|
|
for each client results in a bloated lease file and impairs the
|
|
performance of the server's startup and reconfiguration, as it needs to
|
|
process a larger number of lease entries.
|
|
|
|
Lease file cleanup (LFC) removes all previous entries for each client
|
|
and leaves only the latest ones. The interval at which the cleanup is
|
|
performed is configurable, and it should be selected according to the
|
|
frequency of lease renewals initiated by the clients. The more frequent
|
|
the renewals, the smaller the value of ``lfc-interval`` should be. Note,
|
|
however, that the LFC takes time and thus it is possible (although
|
|
unlikely) that, if the ``lfc-interval`` is too short, a new cleanup may
|
|
be started while the previous one is still running. The server would
|
|
recover from this by skipping the new cleanup when it detected that the
|
|
previous cleanup was still in progress, but it implies that the actual
|
|
cleanups will be triggered more rarely than the configured interval. Moreover,
|
|
triggering a new cleanup adds overhead to the server, which is not
|
|
able to respond to new requests for a short period of time when the new
|
|
cleanup process is spawned. Therefore, it is recommended that the
|
|
``lfc-interval`` value be selected in a way that allows the LFC
|
|
to complete the cleanup before a new cleanup is triggered.
|
|
|
|
Lease file cleanup is performed by a separate process (in the
|
|
background) to avoid a performance impact on the server process. To
|
|
avoid conflicts between two processes using the same lease
|
|
files, the LFC process starts with Kea opening a new lease file; the
|
|
actual LFC process operates on the lease file that is no longer used by
|
|
the server. There are also other files created as a side effect of the
|
|
lease file cleanup. The detailed description of the LFC process is located later
|
|
in this Kea Administrator's Reference Manual: :ref:`kea-lfc`.
|
|
|
|
.. _database-configuration6:
|
|
|
|
Lease Database Configuration
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Lease database access information must be configured for the DHCPv6
|
|
server, even if it has already been configured for the DHCPv4 server.
|
|
The servers store their information independently, so each server can
|
|
use a separate database or both servers can use the same database.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Kea requires the database timezone to match the system timezone.
|
|
For more details, see :ref:`mysql-database-create` and
|
|
:ref:`pgsql-database-create`.
|
|
|
|
Lease database configuration is controlled through the
|
|
``Dhcp6``/``lease-database`` parameters. The database type must be set to
|
|
``memfile``, ``mysql`` or ``postgresql``, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "type": "mysql", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Next, the name of the database to hold the leases must be set; this is
|
|
the name used when the database was created (see
|
|
:ref:`mysql-database-create` or :ref:`pgsql-database-create`).
|
|
|
|
For MySQL or PostgreSQL:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "name": "database-name" , ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
If the database is located on a different system from the DHCPv6 server,
|
|
the database host name must also be specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "host": "remote-host-name", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Normally, the database is on the same machine as the DHCPv6 server.
|
|
In this case, set the value to the empty string:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "host" : "", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Should the database use a port other than the default, it may be
|
|
specified as well:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "port" : 12345, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Should the database be located on a different system, the administrator may need to
|
|
specify a longer interval for the connection timeout:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "connect-timeout" : timeout-in-seconds, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The default value of five seconds should be more than adequate for local
|
|
connections. If a timeout is given, though, it should be an integer
|
|
greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of times the server automatically attempts to
|
|
reconnect to the lease database after connectivity has been lost may be
|
|
specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "max-reconnect-tries" : number-of-tries, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
If the server is unable to reconnect to the database after making the
|
|
maximum number of attempts, the server will exit. A value of 0 (the
|
|
default) disables automatic recovery and the server will exit
|
|
immediately upon detecting a loss of connectivity (MySQL and PostgreSQL
|
|
only).
|
|
|
|
The number of milliseconds the server waits between attempts to
|
|
reconnect to the lease database after connectivity has been lost may
|
|
also be specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "reconnect-wait-time" : number-of-milliseconds, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The default value for MySQL and PostgreSQL is 0, which disables automatic
|
|
recovery and causes the server to exit immediately upon detecting the
|
|
loss of connectivity.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "on-fail" : "stop-retry-exit", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The possible values are:
|
|
|
|
- ``stop-retry-exit`` - disables the DHCP service while trying to automatically
|
|
recover lost connections, and shuts down the server on failure after exhausting
|
|
``max-reconnect-tries``. This is the default value for the lease backend,
|
|
the host backend, and the configuration backend.
|
|
|
|
- ``serve-retry-exit`` - continues the DHCP service while trying to
|
|
automatically recover lost connections, and shuts down the server on failure
|
|
after exhausting ``max-reconnect-tries``.
|
|
|
|
- ``serve-retry-continue`` - continues the DHCP service and does not shut down
|
|
the server even if the recovery fails. This is the default value for forensic
|
|
logging.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Automatic reconnection to database backends is configured individually per
|
|
backend; this allows users to tailor the recovery parameters to each backend
|
|
they use. We suggest that users enable it either for all backends or none,
|
|
so behavior is consistent.
|
|
|
|
Losing connectivity to a backend for which reconnection is disabled results
|
|
(if configured) in the server shutting itself down. This includes cases when
|
|
the lease database backend and the hosts database backend are connected to
|
|
the same database instance.
|
|
|
|
It is highly recommended not to change the ``stop-retry-exit`` default
|
|
setting for the lease manager, as it is critical for the connection to be
|
|
active while processing DHCP traffic. Change this only if the server is used
|
|
exclusively as a configuration tool.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "retry-on-startup" : true, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
During server startup, the inability to connect to any of the configured
|
|
backends is considered fatal only if ``retry-on-startup`` is set to ``false``
|
|
(the default). A fatal error is logged and the server exits, based on the idea
|
|
that the configuration should be valid at startup. Exiting to the operating
|
|
system allows nanny scripts to detect the problem.
|
|
If ``retry-on-startup`` is set to ``true``, the server starts reconnection
|
|
attempts even at server startup or on reconfigure events, and honors the
|
|
action specified in the ``on-fail`` parameter.
|
|
|
|
The host parameter is used by the MySQL and PostgreSQL backends.
|
|
|
|
Finally, the credentials of the account under which the server will
|
|
access the database should be set:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"lease-database": {
|
|
"user": "user-name",
|
|
"password": "1234",
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If there is no password to the account, set the password to the empty
|
|
string ``""``. (This is the default.)
|
|
|
|
.. _tuning-database-timeouts6:
|
|
|
|
Tuning Database Timeouts
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
In rare cases, reading or writing to the database may hang. This can be
|
|
caused by a temporary network issue, or by misconfiguration of the proxy
|
|
server switching the connection between different database instances.
|
|
These situations are rare, but users have reported
|
|
that Kea sometimes hangs while performing database IO operations.
|
|
Setting appropriate timeout values can mitigate such issues.
|
|
|
|
MySQL exposes two distinct connection options to configure the read and
|
|
write timeouts. Kea's corresponding ``read-timeout`` and ``write-timeout``
|
|
configuration parameters specify the timeouts in seconds. For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "read-timeout" : 10, "write-timeout": 20, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting these parameters to 0 is equivalent to not specifying them, and
|
|
causes the Kea server to establish a connection to the database with the
|
|
MySQL defaults. In this case, Kea waits indefinitely for the completion of
|
|
the read and write operations.
|
|
|
|
MySQL versions earlier than 5.6 do not support setting timeouts for
|
|
read and write operations. Moreover, the ``read-timeout`` and ``write-timeout``
|
|
parameters can only be specified for the MySQL backend; setting them for
|
|
any other backend database type causes a configuration error.
|
|
|
|
To set a timeout in seconds for PostgreSQL, use the ``tcp-user-timeout``
|
|
parameter. For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "lease-database": { "tcp-user-timeout" : 10, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifying this parameter for other backend types causes a configuration
|
|
error.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The timeouts described here are only effective for TCP connections.
|
|
Please note that the MySQL client library used by the Kea servers
|
|
typically connects to the database via a UNIX domain socket when the
|
|
``host`` parameter is ``localhost``, but establishes a TCP connection
|
|
for ``127.0.0.1``.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea.2.7.4, the libdhcp_mysql.so hook library must be loaded in order to
|
|
store leases in the MySQL Lease Database Backend.
|
|
Specify the lease backend hook library location:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
// the MySQL lease backend hook library required for lease storage.
|
|
"library": "/opt/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_mysql.so"
|
|
}, ... ], ... }
|
|
|
|
Since Kea.2.7.4, the libdhcp_pgsql.so hook library must be loaded in order to
|
|
store leases in the PostgreSQL Lease Database Backend.
|
|
Specify the lease backend hook library location.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
// the PostgreSQL lease backend hook library required for lease storage.
|
|
"library": "/opt/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_pgsql.so"
|
|
}, ... ], ... }
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. _hosts6-storage:
|
|
|
|
Hosts Storage
|
|
-------------
|
|
|
|
Kea is also able to store information about host reservations in the
|
|
database. The hosts database configuration uses the same syntax as the
|
|
lease database. In fact, the Kea server opens independent connections for
|
|
each purpose, be it lease or hosts information, which gives
|
|
the most flexibility. Kea can keep leases and host reservations
|
|
separately, but can also point to the same database. Currently the
|
|
supported hosts database types are MySQL and PostgreSQL.
|
|
|
|
The following configuration can be used to configure a
|
|
connection to MySQL:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"hosts-database": {
|
|
"type": "mysql",
|
|
"name": "kea",
|
|
"user": "kea",
|
|
"password": "1234",
|
|
"host": "localhost",
|
|
"port": 3306
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Depending on the database configuration, many of the
|
|
parameters may be optional.
|
|
|
|
Please note that usage of hosts storage is optional. A user can define
|
|
all host reservations in the configuration file, and that is the
|
|
recommended way if the number of reservations is small. However, when
|
|
the number of reservations grows, it is more convenient to use host
|
|
storage. Please note that both storage methods (the configuration file and
|
|
one of the supported databases) can be used together. If hosts are
|
|
defined in both places, the definitions from the configuration file are
|
|
checked first and external storage is checked later, if necessary.
|
|
|
|
Host information can be placed in multiple stores. Operations
|
|
are performed on the stores in the order they are defined in the
|
|
configuration file, although this leads to a restriction in ordering
|
|
in the case of a host reservation addition; read-only stores must be
|
|
configured after a (required) read-write store, or the addition will
|
|
fail.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Kea requires the database timezone to match the system timezone.
|
|
For more details, see :ref:`mysql-database-create` and
|
|
:ref:`pgsql-database-create`.
|
|
|
|
.. _hosts-databases-configuration6:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Hosts Database Configuration
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
Hosts database configuration is controlled through the
|
|
``Dhcp6``/``hosts-database`` parameters. If enabled, the type of database must
|
|
be set to ``mysql`` or ``postgresql``.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "type": "mysql", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Next, the name of the database to hold the reservations must be set;
|
|
this is the name used when the lease database was created (see
|
|
:ref:`supported-databases` for instructions on how to set up the
|
|
desired database type):
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "name": "database-name" , ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
If the database is located on a different system than the DHCPv6 server,
|
|
the database host name must also be specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "host": remote-host-name, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Normally, the database is on the same machine as the DHCPv6 server.
|
|
In this case, set the value to the empty string:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "host" : "", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Should the database use a port different than the default, it may be
|
|
specified as well:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "port" : 12345, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of times the server automatically attempts to
|
|
reconnect to the host database after connectivity has been lost may be
|
|
specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "max-reconnect-tries" : number-of-tries, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
If the server is unable to reconnect to the database after making the
|
|
maximum number of attempts, the server will exit. A value of 0 (the
|
|
default) disables automatic recovery and the server will exit
|
|
immediately upon detecting a loss of connectivity (MySQL and PostgreSQL
|
|
only).
|
|
|
|
The number of milliseconds the server waits between attempts to
|
|
reconnect to the host database after connectivity has been lost may also
|
|
be specified:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "reconnect-wait-time" : number-of-milliseconds, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The default value for MySQL and PostgreSQL is 0, which disables automatic
|
|
recovery and causes the server to exit immediately upon detecting the
|
|
loss of connectivity.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "on-fail" : "stop-retry-exit", ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
The possible values are:
|
|
|
|
- ``stop-retry-exit`` - disables the DHCP service while trying to automatically
|
|
recover lost connections. Shuts down the server on failure after exhausting
|
|
``max-reconnect-tries``. This is the default value for MySQL and PostgreSQL.
|
|
|
|
- ``serve-retry-exit`` - continues the DHCP service while trying to automatically
|
|
recover lost connections. Shuts down the server on failure after exhausting
|
|
``max-reconnect-tries``.
|
|
|
|
- ``serve-retry-continue`` - continues the DHCP service and does not shut down the
|
|
server even if the recovery fails.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Automatic reconnection to database backends is configured individually per
|
|
backend. This allows users to tailor the recovery parameters to each backend
|
|
they use. We suggest that users enable it either for all backends or none,
|
|
so behavior is consistent.
|
|
|
|
Losing connectivity to a backend for which reconnection is disabled results
|
|
(if configured) in the server shutting itself down. This includes cases when
|
|
the lease database backend and the hosts database backend are connected to
|
|
the same database instance.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "retry-on-startup" : true, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
During server startup, the inability to connect to any of the configured
|
|
backends is considered fatal only if ``retry-on-startup`` is set to ``false``
|
|
(the default). A fatal error is logged and the server exits, based on the idea
|
|
that the configuration should be valid at startup. Exiting to the operating
|
|
system allows nanny scripts to detect the problem.
|
|
If ``retry-on-startup`` is set to ``true``, the server starts reconnection
|
|
attempts even at server startup or on reconfigure events, and honors the
|
|
action specified in the ``on-fail`` parameter.
|
|
|
|
Finally, the credentials of the account under which the server will
|
|
access the database should be set:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"hosts-database": {
|
|
"user": "user-name",
|
|
"password": "1234",
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If there is no password to the account, set the password to the empty
|
|
string ``""``. (This is the default.)
|
|
|
|
The multiple-storage extension uses a similar syntax; a configuration is
|
|
placed into a ``hosts-databases`` list instead of into a ``hosts-database``
|
|
entry, as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-databases": [ { "type": "mysql", ... }, ... ], ... }
|
|
|
|
If the same host is configured both in-file and in-database, Kea does not issue a warning,
|
|
as it would if both were specified in the same data source.
|
|
Instead, the host configured in-file has priority over the one configured
|
|
in-database.
|
|
|
|
.. _read-only-database-configuration6:
|
|
|
|
Using Read-Only Databases for Host Reservations with DHCPv6
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
In some deployments, the user whose name is specified in the
|
|
database backend configuration may not have write privileges to the
|
|
database. This is often required by the policy within a given network to
|
|
secure the data from being unintentionally modified. In many cases
|
|
administrators have deployed inventory databases, which contain
|
|
substantially more information about the hosts than just the static
|
|
reservations assigned to them. The inventory database can be used to
|
|
create a view of a Kea hosts database and such a view is often
|
|
read-only.
|
|
|
|
Kea host-database backends operate with an implicit configuration to
|
|
both read from and write to the database. If the user does not
|
|
have write access to the host database, the backend will fail to start
|
|
and the server will refuse to start (or reconfigure). However, if access
|
|
to a read-only host database is required for retrieving reservations
|
|
for clients and/or assigning specific addresses and options, it is
|
|
possible to explicitly configure Kea to start in "read-only" mode. This
|
|
is controlled by the ``readonly`` boolean parameter as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hosts-database": { "readonly": true, ... }, ... }
|
|
|
|
Setting this parameter to ``false`` configures the database backend to
|
|
operate in "read-write" mode, which is also the default configuration if
|
|
the parameter is not specified.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The ``readonly`` parameter is only supported for MySQL and
|
|
PostgreSQL databases.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea.2.7.4, the libdhcp_mysql.so hook library must be loaded in order to
|
|
store host reservations in the MySQL Host Database Backend.
|
|
Specify the lease backend hook library location:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
// the MySQL host backend hook library required for host storage.
|
|
"library": "/opt/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_mysql.so"
|
|
}, ... ], ... }
|
|
|
|
Since Kea.2.7.4, the libdhcp_pgsql.so hook library must be loaded in order to
|
|
store host reservations in the PostgreSQL Host Database Backend.
|
|
Specify the lease backend hook library location.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": { "hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
// the PostgreSQL host backend hook library required for host storage.
|
|
"library": "/opt/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_pgsql.so"
|
|
}, ... ], ... }
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuning Database Timeouts for Hosts Storage
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
See :ref:`tuning-database-timeouts6`.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-interface-configuration:
|
|
|
|
Interface Configuration
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server must be configured to listen on specific network
|
|
interfaces. The simplest network interface configuration tells the
|
|
server to listen on all available interfaces:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "*" ]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The asterisk plays the role of a wildcard and means "listen on all
|
|
interfaces." However, it is usually a good idea to explicitly specify
|
|
interface names:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1", "eth3" ]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is possible to use an interface wildcard (*) concurrently
|
|
with explicit interface names:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1", "eth3", "*" ]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This format should only be used when it is
|
|
desired to temporarily override a list of interface names and listen on
|
|
all interfaces.
|
|
|
|
As with the DHCPv4 server, binding to specific addresses and disabling
|
|
re-detection of interfaces are supported. But ``dhcp-socket-type`` is
|
|
not supported, because DHCPv6 uses only UDP/IPv6 sockets. The following example
|
|
shows how to disable interface detection:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1", "eth3" ],
|
|
"re-detect": false
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
The loopback interfaces (i.e. the ``lo`` or ``lo0`` interface) are not
|
|
configured by default, unless explicitly mentioned in the
|
|
configuration. Note that Kea requires a link-local address (which does
|
|
not exist on all systems) or a specified unicast address, as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "enp0s2/2001:db8::1234:abcd" ]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Kea binds the service sockets for each interface on startup. If another
|
|
process is already using a port, then Kea logs the message and suppresses an
|
|
error. DHCP service runs, but it is unavailable on some interfaces.
|
|
|
|
The "service-sockets-require-all" option makes Kea require all sockets to
|
|
be successfully bound. If any opening fails, Kea interrupts the
|
|
initialization and exits with a non-zero status. (Default is false).
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1", "eth3" ],
|
|
"service-sockets-require-all": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Sometimes, immediate interruption isn't a good choice. The port can be
|
|
unavailable only temporary. In this case, retrying the opening may resolve
|
|
the problem. Kea provides two options to specify the retrying:
|
|
``service-sockets-max-retries`` and ``service-sockets-retry-wait-time``.
|
|
|
|
The first defines a maximal number of retries that Kea makes to open a socket.
|
|
The zero value (default) means that the Kea doesn't retry the process.
|
|
|
|
The second defines a wait time (in milliseconds) between attempts. The default
|
|
value is 5000 (5 seconds).
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1", "eth3" ],
|
|
"service-sockets-max-retries": 5,
|
|
"service-sockets-retry-wait-time": 5000
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If "service-sockets-max-retries" is non-zero and "service-sockets-require-all"
|
|
is false, then Kea retries the opening (if needed) but does not fail if any
|
|
socket is still not opened.
|
|
|
|
.. _ipv6-subnet-id:
|
|
|
|
IPv6 Subnet Identifier
|
|
----------------------
|
|
|
|
The subnet identifier (subnet ID) is a unique number associated with a particular
|
|
subnet. In principle, it is used to associate clients' leases with their
|
|
respective subnets. The server configuration must contain unique and stable
|
|
identifiers for all subnets.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Subnet IDs must be greater than zero and less than 4294967295.
|
|
|
|
The following configuration assigns the specified subnet identifier
|
|
to a newly configured subnet:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"id": 1024,
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _ipv6-subnet-prefix:
|
|
|
|
IPv6 Subnet Prefix
|
|
------------------
|
|
|
|
The subnet prefix is the second way to identify a subnet. Kea can
|
|
accept non-canonical subnet addresses; for instance,
|
|
this configuration is accepted:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::1/64",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This works even if there is another subnet with the "2001:db8:1::/64" prefix;
|
|
only the textual form of subnets are compared to avoid duplicates.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Abuse of this feature can lead to incorrect subnet selection
|
|
(see :ref:`dhcp6-config-subnets`).
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-unicast:
|
|
|
|
Unicast Traffic Support
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
When the DHCPv6 server starts, by default it listens to the DHCP traffic
|
|
sent to multicast address ff02::1:2 on each interface that it is
|
|
configured to listen on (see :ref:`dhcp6-interface-configuration`). In some cases it is
|
|
useful to configure a server to handle incoming traffic sent to global
|
|
unicast addresses as well; the most common reason for this is to have
|
|
relays send their traffic to the server directly. To configure the
|
|
server to listen on a specific unicast address, add a slash (/) after the interface name,
|
|
followed by the global unicast
|
|
address on which the server should listen. The server will listen to this
|
|
address in addition to normal link-local binding and listening on the
|
|
ff02::1:2 address. The sample configuration below shows how to listen on
|
|
2001:db8::1 (a global address) configured on the ``eth1`` interface.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eth1/2001:db8::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "unicast",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::1"
|
|
} ],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
This configuration will cause the server to listen on ``eth1`` on the
|
|
link-local address, the multicast group (ff02::1:2), and 2001:db8::1.
|
|
|
|
Usually, unicast support is associated with a server unicast option which
|
|
allows clients to send unicast messages to the server. The example above
|
|
includes a server unicast option specification which causes the
|
|
client to send messages to the specified unicast address.
|
|
|
|
It is possible to mix interface names, wildcards, and interface
|
|
names/addresses in the list of interfaces. It is not possible, however,
|
|
to specify more than one unicast address on a given interface.
|
|
|
|
Care should be taken to specify proper unicast addresses, as the server
|
|
will attempt to bind to the addresses specified without any additional
|
|
checks. This approach was selected intentionally, to allow the software to
|
|
communicate over uncommon addresses if so desired.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-address-config:
|
|
|
|
Configuration of IPv6 Address Pools
|
|
-----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The main role of a DHCPv6 server is address assignment. For this, the
|
|
server must be configured with at least one subnet and one pool of
|
|
dynamic addresses to be managed. For example, assume that the server is
|
|
connected to a network segment that uses the 2001:db8:1::/64 prefix. The
|
|
administrator of that network decides that addresses from the range
|
|
2001:db8:1::1 to 2001:db8:1::ffff are going to be managed by the DHCPv6
|
|
server. Such a configuration can be achieved in the following way:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Note that ``subnet`` is defined as a simple string, but the ``pools``
|
|
parameter is actually a list of pools; for this reason, the pool
|
|
definition is enclosed in square brackets, even though only one range of
|
|
addresses is specified.
|
|
|
|
Each ``pool`` is a structure that contains the parameters that describe
|
|
a single pool. Currently there is only one parameter, ``pool``, which
|
|
gives the range of addresses in the pool.
|
|
|
|
It is possible to define more than one pool in a subnet; continuing the
|
|
previous example, further assume that 2001:db8:1:0:5::/80 should also be
|
|
managed by the server. It could be written as 2001:db8:1:0:5:: to
|
|
2001:db8:1::5:ffff:ffff:ffff, but typing so many ``f`` characters is cumbersome.
|
|
The pool can be expressed more simply as 2001:db8:1:0:5::/80. Both formats are
|
|
supported by ``Dhcp6`` and they can be mixed in the pool list. For example,
|
|
the following pools could be defined:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{ "pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff" },
|
|
{ "pool": "2001:db8:1:05::/80" }
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
White space in pool definitions is ignored, so spaces before and after
|
|
the hyphen are optional. They can be used to improve readability.
|
|
|
|
The number of pools is not limited, but for performance reasons it is
|
|
recommended to use as few as possible.
|
|
|
|
The server may be configured to serve more than one subnet. To add a
|
|
second subnet, use a command similar to the following:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{ "pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff" }
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:2::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{ "pool": "2001:db8:2::/64" }
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In this example, we allow the server to dynamically assign all addresses
|
|
available in the whole subnet. Although rather wasteful, it is certainly
|
|
a valid configuration to dedicate the whole /64 subnet for that purpose.
|
|
Note that the Kea server does not preallocate the leases, so there is no
|
|
danger in using gigantic address pools.
|
|
|
|
When configuring a DHCPv6 server using prefix/length notation, please
|
|
pay attention to the boundary values. When specifying that the server
|
|
can use a given pool, it is also able to allocate the first
|
|
(typically a network address) address from that pool. For example, for
|
|
pool 2001:db8:2::/64, the 2001:db8:2:: address may be assigned as well.
|
|
To avoid this, use the ``min-max`` notation.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-prefix-config:
|
|
|
|
Subnet and Prefix Delegation Pools
|
|
----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Subnets may also be configured to delegate prefixes, as defined in `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__, section 6.3. A subnet may
|
|
have one or more prefix delegation pools. Each pool has a prefixed
|
|
address, which is specified as a prefix (``prefix``) and a prefix length
|
|
(``prefix-len``), as well as a delegated prefix length
|
|
(``delegated-len``). The delegated length must not be shorter than
|
|
(i.e. it must be numerically greater than or equal to) the prefix length.
|
|
If both the delegated and prefix lengths are equal, the server will be
|
|
able to delegate only one prefix. The delegated prefix does not have to
|
|
match the subnet prefix.
|
|
|
|
Below is a sample subnet configuration which enables prefix delegation
|
|
for the subnet:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:d8b:1::/64",
|
|
"pd-pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"prefix": "3000:1::",
|
|
"prefix-len": 64,
|
|
"delegated-len": 96
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _pd-exclude-option:
|
|
|
|
Prefix Exclude Option
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
For each delegated prefix, the delegating router may choose to exclude a
|
|
single prefix out of the delegated prefix as specified in `RFC
|
|
6603 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6603>`__. The requesting router must
|
|
not assign the excluded prefix to any of its downstream interfaces.
|
|
The excluded prefix is intended to be used on a link through which the delegating router
|
|
exchanges DHCPv6 messages with the requesting router. The configuration
|
|
example below demonstrates how to specify an excluded prefix within a
|
|
prefix pool definition. The excluded prefix
|
|
``2001:db8:1:8000:cafe:80::/72`` will be sent to a requesting router which
|
|
includes the Prefix Exclude option in the Option Request option (ORO),
|
|
and which is delegated a prefix from this pool.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pd-pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"prefix": "2001:db8:1:8000::",
|
|
"prefix-len": 56,
|
|
"delegated-len": 64,
|
|
"excluded-prefix": "2001:db8:1:8000:cafe:80::",
|
|
"excluded-prefix-len": 72
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Here are some liberties and limits to the values that subnets and pools can
|
|
take in Kea configurations that are out of the ordinary:
|
|
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Kea configuration case | Allowed | Comment |
|
|
+===============================================================================+=========+====================================================================================+
|
|
| Overlapping subnets | Yes | Administrator consideration needs to be given to how clients are matched to |
|
|
| | | these subnets. |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Overlapping address pools in one subnet | No | Startup error: DHCP6_PARSER_FAIL |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Overlapping address pools in different subnets | Yes | Specifying the same address pool in different subnets can be used as an equivalent |
|
|
| | | of the global address pool. In that case, the server can assign addresses from the |
|
|
| | | same range regardless of the client's subnet. If an address from such a pool is |
|
|
| | | assigned to a client in one subnet, the same address will be renewed for this |
|
|
| | | client if it moves to another subnet. Another client in a different subnet will |
|
|
| | | not be assigned an address already assigned to the client in any of the subnets. |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Address pools that are outside the subnet they are configured under | No | Startup error: DHCP6_PARSER_FAIL |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Overlapping prefix delegation pools in one subnet | No | Startup error: DHCP6_PARSER_FAIL |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Overlapping prefix delegation pools in different subnets | Yes | Specifying the same prefix delegation pool in different subnets can be used as an |
|
|
| | | equivalent of the global pool. In that case, the server can delegate the same |
|
|
| | | prefixes regardless of the client's subnet. If a prefix from such a pool is |
|
|
| | | delegated to a client in one subnet, the same prefix will be renewed for this |
|
|
| | | client if it moves to another subnet. Another client in a different subnet will |
|
|
| | | not be delegated a prefix already delegated to the client in any of the subnets. |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Prefix delegation pools not matching the subnet prefix | Yes | It is common in many deployments to configure the prefix delegation pools not |
|
|
| | | matching the subnet prefix, e.g. a prefix pool of 3000::/96 within the |
|
|
| | | 2001:db8:1::/64 subnet. Such use cases are supported by the Kea DHCPv6 server. |
|
|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-std-options:
|
|
|
|
Standard DHCPv6 Options
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
One of the major features of the DHCPv6 server is the ability to provide
|
|
configuration options to clients. Although there are several options
|
|
that require special behavior, most options are sent by the server only
|
|
if the client explicitly requests them. The following example shows how
|
|
to configure the addresses of DNS servers, one of the most frequently used options.
|
|
Options specified in this way are considered global and apply to all configured subnets.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"code": 23,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``option-data`` line creates a new entry in the option-data table.
|
|
This table contains information on all global options that the server is
|
|
supposed to configure in all subnets. The ``name`` line specifies the
|
|
option name. (For a complete list of currently supported names, see
|
|
:ref:`dhcp6-std-options-list`.) The next line specifies the
|
|
option code, which must match one of the values from that list. The line
|
|
beginning with ``space`` specifies the option space, which must always
|
|
be set to ``dhcp6`` as these are standard DHCPv6 options. For other name
|
|
spaces, including custom option spaces, see :ref:`dhcp6-option-spaces`. The following line
|
|
specifies the format in which the data will be entered; use of CSV
|
|
(comma-separated values) is recommended. Finally, the ``data`` line
|
|
gives the actual value to be sent to clients. The data parameter is specified as
|
|
normal text, with values separated by commas if more than one value is
|
|
allowed.
|
|
|
|
Options can also be configured as hexadecimal values. If ``csv-format`` is
|
|
set to ``false``, the option data must be specified as a hexadecimal string.
|
|
The following commands configure the ``dns-servers`` option for all subnets
|
|
with the addresses 2001:db8:1::cafe and 2001:db8:1::babe.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"code": 23,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": false,
|
|
"data": "20 01 0D B8 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CA FE \
|
|
20 01 0D B8 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 BA BE"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The value for the setting of the ``data`` element is split across two
|
|
lines in this example for clarity; when entering the command, the
|
|
whole string should be entered on the same line.
|
|
|
|
Kea supports the following formats when specifying hexadecimal data:
|
|
|
|
- ``Delimited octets`` - one or more octets separated by either colons or
|
|
spaces (":" or " "). While each octet may contain one or two digits,
|
|
we strongly recommend always using two digits. Valid examples are
|
|
"ab:cd:ef" and "ab cd ef".
|
|
|
|
- ``String of digits`` - a continuous string of hexadecimal digits with
|
|
or without a "0x" prefix. Valid examples are "0xabcdef" and "abcdef".
|
|
|
|
Care should be taken to use proper encoding when using hexadecimal
|
|
format; Kea's ability to validate data correctness in hexadecimal is
|
|
limited.
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to specify data for binary options as
|
|
a single-quoted text string within double quotes, as shown (note that
|
|
``csv-format`` must be set to ``false``):
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "subscriber-id",
|
|
"code": 38,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": false,
|
|
"data": "'convert this text to binary'"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Most of the parameters in the ``option-data`` structure are optional and
|
|
can be omitted in some circumstances, as discussed in :ref:`dhcp6-option-data-defaults`.
|
|
Only one of ``name`` or ``code``
|
|
is required; it is not necessary to specify both. Space has a default value
|
|
of ``dhcp6``, so this can be skipped as well if a regular (not
|
|
encapsulated) DHCPv6 option is defined. Finally, ``csv-format`` defaults to ``true``, so it
|
|
too can be skipped, unless the option value is specified as
|
|
hexstring. Therefore, the above example can be simplified to:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined options are added to the response when the client requests them,
|
|
as well as any options required by a protocol. An administrator can also
|
|
specify that an option is always sent, even if a client did not
|
|
specifically request it. To enforce the addition of a particular option,
|
|
set the ``always-send`` flag to ``true``, as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe",
|
|
"always-send": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effect is the same as if the client added the option code in the
|
|
Option Request Option (or its equivalent for vendor options), as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe",
|
|
"always-send": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::cafe, 2001:db8:1::babe"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the example above, the ``dns-servers`` option respects the global
|
|
``always-send`` flag and is always added to responses, but for subnet
|
|
``2001:db8:1::/64``, the value is taken from the subnet-level option data
|
|
specification.
|
|
|
|
Contrary to ``always-send``, if the ``never-send`` flag is set to
|
|
``true`` for a particular option, the server does not add it to the response.
|
|
The effect is the same as if the client removed the option code in the
|
|
Option Request Option (or its equivalent for vendor options):
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::cafe, 2001:db8::babe"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"never-send": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In the example above, the ``dns-server`` option is never added to responses
|
|
on subnet ``2001:db8:1::/64``. ``never-send`` has precedence over
|
|
``always-send``, so if both are ``true`` the option is not added.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The ``always-send`` and ``never-send`` flags are sticky, meaning
|
|
they do not follow the usual configuration inheritance rules.
|
|
Instead, if they are enabled at least once along the configuration
|
|
inheritance chain, they are applied - even if they are
|
|
disabled in other places which would normally receive a higher priority.
|
|
For instance, if one of the flags is enabled in the global scope,
|
|
but disabled at the subnet level, it is enabled,
|
|
disregarding the subnet-level setting.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The ``never-send`` flag is less powerful than :ischooklib:`libdhcp_flex_option.so`;
|
|
for instance, it has no effect on options managed by the server itself.
|
|
Both ``always-send`` and ``never-send`` have no effect on options
|
|
which cannot be requested, for instance from a custom space.
|
|
|
|
It is possible to override options on a per-subnet basis. If clients
|
|
connected to most subnets are expected to get the same values of
|
|
a given option, administrators should use global options; it is possible to override
|
|
specific values for a small number of subnets. On the other hand, if
|
|
different values are used in each subnet, it does not make sense to specify
|
|
global option values; rather, only subnet-specific ones should be set.
|
|
|
|
The following commands override the global ``dns-servers`` option for a
|
|
particular subnet, setting a single DNS server with address
|
|
2001:db8:1::3.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"code": 23,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::3"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In some cases it is useful to associate some options with an address or
|
|
prefix pool from which a client is assigned a lease. Pool-specific
|
|
option values override subnet-specific and global option values. If the
|
|
client is assigned multiple leases from different pools, the server
|
|
assigns options from all pools from which the leases have been obtained.
|
|
However, if the particular option is specified in multiple pools from
|
|
which the client obtains the leases, only one instance of this option
|
|
is handed out to the client. The server's administrator must not
|
|
try to prioritize assignment of pool-specific options by trying to order
|
|
pool declarations in the server configuration.
|
|
|
|
The following configuration snippet demonstrates how to specify the
|
|
``dns-servers`` option, which will be assigned to a client only if the client
|
|
obtains an address from the given pool:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::100-2001:db8:1::300",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::10"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Options can also be specified in class or host-reservation scope. The
|
|
current Kea options precedence order is (from most important to least): host
|
|
reservation, pool, subnet, shared network, class, global.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Beginning with Kea 2.7.4, option inclusion can also be controlled through
|
|
option class-tagging, see :ref:`option-class-tagging`
|
|
|
|
When a data field is a string and that string contains the comma (``,``;
|
|
U+002C) character, the comma must be escaped with two backslashes (``\\,``;
|
|
U+005C). This double escape is required because both the routine
|
|
splitting of CSV data into fields and JSON use the same escape character; a
|
|
single escape (``\,``) would make the JSON invalid. For example, the string
|
|
"EST5EDT4,M3.2.0/02:00,M11.1.0/02:00" must be represented as:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "new-posix-timezone",
|
|
"data": "EST5EDT4\\,M3.2.0/02:00\\,M11.1.0/02:00"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Some options are designated as arrays, which means that more than one
|
|
value is allowed. For example, the option ``dns-servers``
|
|
allows the specification of more than one IPv6 address, enabling clients
|
|
to obtain the addresses of multiple DNS servers.
|
|
|
|
:ref:`dhcp6-custom-options` describes the
|
|
configuration syntax to create custom option definitions (formats).
|
|
Creation of custom definitions for standard options is generally not
|
|
permitted, even if the definition being created matches the actual
|
|
option format defined in the RFCs. However, there is an exception to this rule
|
|
for standard options for which Kea currently does not provide a
|
|
definition. To use such options, a server administrator must
|
|
create a definition as described in :ref:`dhcp6-custom-options` in the ``dhcp6`` option space. This
|
|
definition should match the option format described in the relevant RFC,
|
|
but the configuration mechanism allows any option format as there is
|
|
currently no way to validate it.
|
|
|
|
The currently supported standard DHCPv6 options are listed in
|
|
the table below. "Name" and "Code" are the
|
|
values that should be used as a name/code in the option-data structures.
|
|
"Type" designates the format of the data; the meanings of the various
|
|
types are given in :ref:`dhcp-types`.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-std-options-list:
|
|
|
|
.. table:: List of standard DHCPv6 options configurable by an administrator
|
|
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| Name | Code | Type | Array? |
|
|
+==========================+=================+=================+=================+
|
|
| preference | 7 | uint8 | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| unicast | 12 | ipv6-address | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| sip-server-dns | 21 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| sip-server-addr | 22 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| dns-servers | 23 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| domain-search | 24 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| nis-servers | 27 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| nisp-servers | 28 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| nis-domain-name | 29 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| nisp-domain-name | 30 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| sntp-servers | 31 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| information-refresh-time | 32 | uint32 | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| bcmcs-server-dns | 33 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| bcmcs-server-addr | 34 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| geoconf-civic | 36 | record (uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | uint16, binary) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| remote-id | 37 | record (uint32, | false |
|
|
| | | binary) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| subscriber-id | 38 | binary | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| client-fqdn | 39 | record (uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | fqdn) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| pana-agent | 40 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| new-posix-timezone | 41 | string | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| new-tzdb-timezone | 42 | string | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| ero | 43 | uint16 | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| lq-query (1) | 44 | record (uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | ipv6-address) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| client-data (1) | 45 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| clt-time (1) | 46 | uint32 | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| lq-relay-data (1) | 47 | record | false |
|
|
| | | (ipv6-address, | |
|
|
| | | binary) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| lq-client-link (1) | 48 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| v6-lost | 51 | fqdn | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| capwap-ac-v6 | 52 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| relay-id | 53 | binary | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| ntp-server | 56 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| v6-access-domain | 57 | fqdn | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| sip-ua-cs-list | 58 | fqdn | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| bootfile-url | 59 | string | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| bootfile-param | 60 | tuple | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| client-arch-type | 61 | uint16 | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| nii | 62 | record (uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | uint8, uint8) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| aftr-name | 64 | fqdn | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| erp-local-domain-name | 65 | fqdn | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| rsoo | 66 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| pd-exclude | 67 | binary | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| rdnss-selection | 74 | record | true |
|
|
| | | (ipv6-address, | |
|
|
| | | uint8, fqdn) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| client-linklayer-addr | 79 | binary | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| link-address | 80 | ipv6-address | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| solmax-rt | 82 | uint32 | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| inf-max-rt | 83 | uint32 | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| dhcp4o6-server-addr | 88 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-rule | 89 | record (uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | uint8, uint8, | |
|
|
| | | ipv4-address, | |
|
|
| | | ipv6-prefix) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-br | 90 | ipv6-address | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-dmr | 91 | ipv6-prefix | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-v4v6bind | 92 | record | false |
|
|
| | | (ipv4-address, | |
|
|
| | | ipv6-prefix) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-portparams | 93 | record(uint8, | false |
|
|
| | | psid) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-cont-mape | 94 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-cont-mapt | 95 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| s46-cont-lw | 96 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| v6-captive-portal | 103 | string | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| v6-sztp-redirect | 136 | tuple | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| ipv6-address-andsf | 143 | ipv6-address | true |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| v6-dnr | 144 | record (uint16, | false |
|
|
| | | uint16, fqdn, | |
|
|
| | | binary) | |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
| addr-reg-enable | 148 | empty | false |
|
|
+--------------------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------+
|
|
|
|
Options marked with (1) have option definitions, but the logic behind
|
|
them is not implemented. That means that, technically, Kea knows how to
|
|
parse them in incoming messages or how to send them if configured to do
|
|
so, but not what to do with them. Since the related RFCs require certain
|
|
processing, the support for those options is non-functional. However, it
|
|
may be useful in some limited lab testing; hence the definition formats
|
|
are listed here.
|
|
|
|
Some options are more complex to configure than others. In particular, the Softwire46 family of options
|
|
and Discovery of Network-designated Resolvers (DNR) are discussed in separate sections below.
|
|
|
|
Kea supports more options than those listed above. The following list is mostly useful for readers who
|
|
want to understand whether Kea is able to support certain options. The following options are
|
|
returned by the Kea engine itself and in general should not be configured manually.
|
|
|
|
.. table:: List of standard DHCPv6 options managed by Kea on its own and not directly configurable by an administrator
|
|
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Name | Code | Description |
|
|
+==============+======+========================================================================+
|
|
| client-id | 1 | Sent by the client; Kea uses it to distinguish between clients. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| server-id | 2 | Sent by clients to request action from a specific server and by the |
|
|
| | | server to identify itself. See :ref:`dhcp6-serverid` for details. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| ia-na | 3 | A container option that conveys IPv6 addresses (``iaddr`` options). Kea|
|
|
| | | receives and sends those options using its allocation engine. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| ia-ta | 4 | Conveys temporary addresses. Deprecated feature, not supported. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| iaaddr | 5 | Conveys addresses with lifetimes in ``ia-na`` and ``ia-ta`` options. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| oro | 6 | ORO (or Option Request Option) is used by clients to request a list |
|
|
| | | of options they are interested in. Kea supports it and sends the |
|
|
| | | requested options back if configured with required options. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| elapsed-time | 8 | Sent by clients to identify how long they have been trying to obtain a |
|
|
| | | configuration. Kea uses high values sent by clients as an indicator |
|
|
| | | that something is wrong; this is one of the aspects used in HA to |
|
|
| | | determine if the partner is healthy or not. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| relay-msg | 9 | Used by relays to encapsulate the original client message. Kea uses it |
|
|
| | | when sending back relayed responses to the relay agent. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| auth | 11 | Used to pass authentication information between clients and server. The|
|
|
| | | support for this option is very limited. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| status-code | 13 | An option that the server can attach in case of various failures, such |
|
|
| | | as running out of addresses or not being configured to assign prefixes.|
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| rapid-commit | 14 | Used to signal the client's willingness to support ``rapid-commit`` and|
|
|
| | | the server's acceptance for this configuration. See |
|
|
| | | :ref:`dhcp6-rapid-commit` for details. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| user-class | 15 | Sent by the client to self-identify the device type. Kea |
|
|
| | | can use this for client classification. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| vendor-class | 16 | Similar to ``user-class``, but vendor-specific. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| vendor-opts | 17 | A vendor-specific container that is used by both the client and the |
|
|
| | | server to exchange vendor-specific options. The logic behind those |
|
|
| | | options varies between vendors. Vendor options are explained in |
|
|
| | | :ref:`dhcp6-vendor-opts`. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| interface-id | 18 | May be inserted by the relay agent to identify the interface that the |
|
|
| | | original client message was received on. Kea may be told to use this |
|
|
| | | information to select specific subnets. Also, if specified, Kea |
|
|
| | | echoes this option back, so the relay will know which interface to use |
|
|
| | | to reach the client. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| ia-pd | 25 | A container for conveying Prefix Delegations (PDs)) that are being |
|
|
| | | delegated to clients. See :ref:`dhcp6-prefix-config` for details. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| iaprefix | 26 | Conveys the IPv6 prefix in the ``ia-pd`` option. See |
|
|
| | | :ref:`dhcp6-prefix-config` for details. |
|
|
+--------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
.. _s46-options:
|
|
|
|
Common Softwire46 Options
|
|
-------------------------
|
|
|
|
Softwire46 options are involved in IPv4-over-IPv6 provisioning by means
|
|
of tunneling or translation, as specified in `RFC
|
|
7598 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7598>`__. The following sections
|
|
provide configuration examples of these options.
|
|
|
|
.. _s46-containers:
|
|
|
|
Softwire46 Container Options
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
Softwire46 (S46) container options group rules and optional port parameters for a
|
|
specified domain. There are three container options specified in the
|
|
"dhcp6" (top-level) option space: the MAP-E Container option, the MAP-T
|
|
Container option, and the S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container option. These
|
|
options only contain the encapsulated options specified below; they do not
|
|
include any data fields.
|
|
|
|
To configure the server to send a specific container option along with
|
|
all encapsulated options, the container option must be included in the
|
|
server configuration as shown below:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "s46-cont-mape"
|
|
} ],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This configuration will cause the server to include the MAP-E Container
|
|
option to the client. Use ``s46-cont-mapt`` or ``s46-cont-lw`` for the MAP-T
|
|
Container and S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container options, respectively.
|
|
|
|
All remaining Softwire46 options described below are included in one of
|
|
the container options. Thus, they must be included in appropriate
|
|
option spaces by selecting a ``space`` name, which specifies the
|
|
option where they are supposed to be included.
|
|
|
|
S46 Rule Option
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The S46 Rule option is used to convey the Basic Mapping Rule (BMR)
|
|
and Forwarding Mapping Rule (FMR).
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"space": "s46-cont-mape-options",
|
|
"name": "s46-rule",
|
|
"data": "128, 0, 24, 192.0.2.0, 2001:db8:1::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Another possible ``space`` value is ``s46-cont-mapt-options``.
|
|
|
|
The S46 Rule option conveys a number of parameters:
|
|
|
|
- ``flags`` - an unsigned 8-bit integer, with currently only the
|
|
most-significant bit specified. It denotes whether the rule can be
|
|
used for forwarding (128) or not (0).
|
|
|
|
- ``ea-len`` - an 8-bit-long Embedded Address length. Allowed values
|
|
range from 0 to 48.
|
|
|
|
- ``IPv4 prefix length`` - an 8-bit-long expression of the prefix length of
|
|
the Rule IPv4 prefix specified in the ``ipv4-prefix`` field. Allowed
|
|
values range from 0 to 32.
|
|
|
|
- ``IPv4 prefix`` - a fixed-length 32-bit field that specifies the IPv4
|
|
prefix for the S46 rule. The bits in the prefix after
|
|
a specific number of bits (defined in ``prefix4-len``) are reserved, and MUST
|
|
be initialized to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.
|
|
|
|
- ``IPv6 prefix`` - a field in prefix/length notation that specifies the IPv6
|
|
domain prefix for the S46 rule. The field is padded on the right with
|
|
zero bits up to the nearest octet boundary, when ``prefix6-len`` is not
|
|
evenly divisible by 8.
|
|
|
|
S46 BR Option
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The S46 BR option is used to convey the IPv6 address of the Border
|
|
Relay. This option is mandatory in the MAP-E Container option and is not
|
|
permitted in the MAP-T and S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container options.
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"space": "s46-cont-mape-options",
|
|
"name": "s46-br",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:cafe::1"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Another possible ``space`` value is ``s46-cont-lw-options``.
|
|
|
|
S46 DMR Option
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The S46 DMR option is used to convey values for the Default Mapping Rule
|
|
(DMR). This option is mandatory in the MAP-T container option and is not
|
|
permitted in the MAP-E and S46 Lightweight 4over6 Container options.
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"space": "s46-cont-mapt-options",
|
|
"name": "s46-dmr",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:cafe::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This option must not be included in other containers.
|
|
|
|
S46 IPv4/IPv6 Address Binding Option
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The S46 IPv4/IPv6 Address Binding option may be used to specify the full
|
|
or shared IPv4 address of the Customer Edge (CE). The IPv6 prefix field
|
|
is used by the CE to identify the correct prefix to use for the tunnel
|
|
source.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"space": "s46-cont-lw",
|
|
"name": "s46-v4v6bind",
|
|
"data": "192.0.2.3, 2001:db8:1:cafe::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This option must not be included in other containers.
|
|
|
|
S46 Port Parameters
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The S46 Port Parameters option specifies optional port-set information
|
|
that may be provided to CEs.
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"space": "s46-rule-options",
|
|
"name": "s46-portparams",
|
|
"data": "2, 3/4"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Another possible ``space`` value is ``s46-v4v6bind``, to include this option
|
|
in the S46 IPv4/IPv6 Address Binding option.
|
|
|
|
Note that the second value in the example above specifies the PSID and
|
|
PSID-length fields in the format of PSID/PSID length. This is equivalent
|
|
to the values of ``PSID-len=4`` and ``PSID=12288`` conveyed in the S46 Port
|
|
Parameters option.
|
|
|
|
.. _dnr6-options:
|
|
|
|
DNR (Discovery of Network-designated Resolvers) Options for DHCPv6
|
|
------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The Discovery of Network-designated Resolvers, or DNR option, was
|
|
introduced in `RFC 9463 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc9463>`__ as
|
|
a way to communicate location of DNS resolvers available over means other than
|
|
the classic DNS over UDP over port 53. As of spring 2024, the supported technologies
|
|
are DoT (DNS-over-TLS), DoH (DNS-over-HTTPS), and DoQ (DNS-over-QUIC), but the option was
|
|
designed to be extensible to accommodate other protocols in the future.
|
|
|
|
The DNR option may be configured using convenient notation: comma-delimited fields must be provided in the following order:
|
|
|
|
- Service Priority (mandatory),
|
|
- ADN FQDN (mandatory),
|
|
- IP address(es) (optional; if more than one, they must be separated by spaces)
|
|
- SvcParams as a set of key=value pairs (optional; if more than one, they must be separated by spaces)
|
|
To provide more than one ``alpn-id``, separate them with double backslash-escaped commas as in the
|
|
example below).
|
|
|
|
Let's imagine that we want to convey a DoT server operating at ``dot1.example.org``
|
|
(which resolves to two IPv6 addresses: ``2001:db8::1`` and ``2001:db8::2``) on a non-standard port 8530.
|
|
An example option that would convey this information looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "v6-dnr", // name of the option
|
|
|
|
// The following fields should be specified:
|
|
// - service priority (unsigned 16-bit integer)
|
|
// - authentication-domain-name (FQDN of the encrypted resolver)
|
|
// - a list of one or more IPv6 addresses
|
|
// - list of parameters in key=value format, space separated; any comma
|
|
// characters in this field must be escaped with double backslashes
|
|
"data": "100, dot1.example.org., 2001:db8::1 2001:db8::2, alpn=dot port=8530"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The above option will be encoded on-wire as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
00 64 - service priority (100 in hex as unsigned 16-bit integer)
|
|
00 12 - length of the Authentication Domain Name (name of the resolver) FQDN (18 in hex as unsigned 16-bit integer)
|
|
04 64 6f 74 31 07 65 78 61 6d 70 6c 65 03 6f 72 67 00 - 18 octets of the ADN FQDN
|
|
00 20 - 32 octets is the length of the following two IPv6 addresses
|
|
20 01 0d b8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 - 2001:db8::1
|
|
20 01 0d b8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 - 2001:db8::2
|
|
00 01 - SvsParams begin - this is alpn SvcParamKey
|
|
00 04 - length of the alpn SvcParamValue field (4 octets)
|
|
03 - length of the following alpn-id coded on one octet
|
|
64 6f 74 - "dot" - value of the alpn
|
|
00 03 - this is port SvcParamKey
|
|
00 02 - length of the SvcParamValue field is 2 octets
|
|
21 52 - the actual value is 0x2152 or 8530 in decimal
|
|
|
|
The following example shows how to configure more than one ``ALPN`` protocol in Service Parameters.
|
|
The example specifies a resolver known as ``resolver.example`` that supports:
|
|
|
|
- DoT on default port 853
|
|
- DoQ on default port 853
|
|
- DoH at ``https://resolver.example/q{?dns}``
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "v6-dnr", // name of the option
|
|
|
|
// Note the double backslash-escaped commas in the alpn-id list.
|
|
"data": "150, resolver.example., 2001:db8::1 2001:db8::2, alpn=dot\\,doq\\,h2\\,h3 dohpath=/q{?dns}"
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The above option will be encoded on-wire as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
00 96 - service priority (150 in hex as unsigned 16-bit integer)
|
|
00 12 - length of the Authentication Domain Name (name of the resolver) FQDN (18 in hex as unsigned 16-bit integer)
|
|
08 72 65 73 6f 6c 76 65 72 07 65 78 61 6d 70 6c 65 00 - 18 octets of the ADN FQDN
|
|
00 20 - 32 octets is the length of the following two IPv6 addresses
|
|
20 01 0d b8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 - 2001:db8::1
|
|
20 01 0d b8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 - 2001:db8::2
|
|
00 01 - SvsParams begin - this is the alpn SvcParamKey
|
|
00 0e - length of the alpn SvcParamValue field (14 octets)
|
|
03 - length of the following alpn-id coded on one octet
|
|
64 6f 74 - "dot" - value of the alpn
|
|
03 - length of the following alpn-id coded on one octet
|
|
64 6f 71 - "doq" - value of the alpn
|
|
02 - length of the following alpn-id coded on one octet
|
|
68 32 - "h2" - value of the alpn "HTTP/2 over TLS"
|
|
02 - length of the following alpn-id coded on one octet
|
|
68 33 - "h3" - value of the alpn "HTTP/3"
|
|
00 07 - this is dohpath SvcParamKey
|
|
00 08 - length of the SvcParamValue field is 8 octets
|
|
2f 71 7b 3f 64 6e 73 7d - "/q{?dns}" dohpath
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
If "comma" or "pipe" characters are used as text rather than as field delimiters, they must be escaped with
|
|
double backslashes (``\\,`` or ``\\|``). Escaped commas must be used when configuring more than one ``ALPN``
|
|
protocol, to separate them. The "pipe" (``0x7C``) character can be used in the ``dohpath`` service parameter,
|
|
as it is allowed in a URI.
|
|
|
|
`RFC 9463 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9463#name-option-format>`__, Section 4.1
|
|
encourages the use of the ``ALPN`` (Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation) SvcParam, as it is required in most cases.
|
|
It defines the protocol for reaching the encrypted resolver. The most common values are
|
|
``dot``, ``doq``, and ``h2`` (meaning HTTP/2.0 over TLS, used in DoH).
|
|
|
|
Per `RFC 9461 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9461.html#name-new-svcparamkey-dohpath>`__ Section 5: if the
|
|
``alpn`` SvcParam indicates support for HTTP, ``dohpath`` MUST be present. The URI Template MUST contain
|
|
a "dns" variable. For example, when advertising a DoH resolver available at
|
|
``https://doh1.example.org/query{?dns}``, the ``dohpath`` should be set to relative URI ``/query{?dns}``.
|
|
|
|
Users interested in configuring this option are encouraged to read the following materials:
|
|
|
|
- A very nice set of examples is available in Section 7 of `RFC 9461
|
|
<https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9461#name-examples>`__.
|
|
- A list of all currently defined service parameters is maintained in the `IANA registry
|
|
<https://www.iana.org/assignments/dns-svcb/dns-svcb.xhtml>`__. This specifies records that can be
|
|
stored in the svcParams field of the DNR option.
|
|
- A list of currently allowed protocols in the ALPN parameter is maintained in `another IANA registry
|
|
<https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-extensiontype-values/tls-extensiontype-values.xhtml#alpn-protocol-ids>`__.
|
|
|
|
- `RFC 9463 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9463>`__ provides option definitions. In terms of SvcParams, it states
|
|
that ``alpn`` and ``port`` must be supported, and support for ``dohpath`` (used for DoH) is recommended.
|
|
- Section 2.2 of `RFC 9460 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9460>`__ defines the on-wire format for SvcParams.
|
|
- Sections 7.1 and 7.2 of `RFC 9460 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9460>`__ define the on-wire format for alpn and port.
|
|
- Section 5 of `RFC 9461 <https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9461#name-new-svcparamkey-dohpath>`__ defines the
|
|
on-wire format for ``dohpath``.
|
|
|
|
Kea currently supports the following service parameters:
|
|
|
|
+-----------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Name | Code | Description |
|
|
+=================+======+========================================================================+
|
|
| alpn | 1 | Specifies comma-separated protocol types (DoT, DoH, etc.) |
|
|
+-----------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| port | 3 | Unsigned 16-bit integer. Indicates a non-standard TCP or UDP port. |
|
|
+-----------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| dohpath | 7 | Mandatory for DoH. Contains URL path for the DoT resolver. |
|
|
+-----------------+------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
The other currently defined service parameters mandatory (0), no-default-alpn (2), ipv4hint (4), ech (5),
|
|
ipv6hint (6), and ohttp (8) are not usable in the DNR option.
|
|
|
|
Further examples are provided in Kea sources in the ``all-options.json`` file
|
|
in the ``doc/examples/kea6`` directory. The DHCPv4 option is nearly identical, and is described
|
|
in :ref:`dnr4-options`.
|
|
|
|
.. _ntp-server-suboptions:
|
|
|
|
NTP Server Suboptions
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
NTP server option is a container of suboptions: ntp-server-address (1), ntp-server-multicast (2)
|
|
carrying an IPv6 address, and ntp-server-fqdn (3) carrying a FQDN in wire format defined
|
|
in the "v6-ntp-server-suboptions" option space. Each option instance carries one and only one
|
|
suboption as required by `RFC 5908 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5908>`__.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-custom-options:
|
|
|
|
Custom DHCPv6 Options
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
Kea supports custom (non-standard) DHCPv6 options.
|
|
Let's say that we want to define a new DHCPv6 option called ``foo``, which
|
|
will have code 100 and will convey a single, unsigned, 32-bit
|
|
integer value. Such an option can be defined by putting the following entry
|
|
in the configuration file:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "foo",
|
|
"code": 100,
|
|
"type": "uint32",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"record-types": "",
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``false`` value of the ``array`` parameter determines that the option
|
|
does NOT comprise an array of ``uint32`` values but is, instead, a single
|
|
value. Two other parameters have been left blank: ``record-types`` and
|
|
``encapsulate``. The former specifies the comma-separated list of option
|
|
data fields, if the option comprises a record of data fields. The
|
|
``record-types`` value should be non-empty if ``type`` is set to
|
|
``record``; otherwise it must be left blank. The latter parameter
|
|
specifies the name of the option space being encapsulated by the
|
|
particular option. If the particular option does not encapsulate any
|
|
option space, the parameter should be left blank. Note that the ``option-def``
|
|
configuration statement only defines the format of an option and does
|
|
not set its value(s).
|
|
|
|
The ``name``, ``code``, and ``type`` parameters are required; all others
|
|
are optional. The ``array`` parameter's default value is ``false``. The
|
|
``record-types`` and ``encapsulate`` parameters' default values are blank
|
|
(``""``). The default ``space`` is ``dhcp6``.
|
|
|
|
Once the new option format is defined, its value is set in the same way
|
|
as for a standard option. For example, the following commands set a
|
|
global value that applies to all subnets.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "foo",
|
|
"code": 100,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "12345"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
New options can take more complex forms than the simple use of primitives
|
|
(uint8, string, ipv6-address, etc.); it is possible to define an option
|
|
comprising a number of existing primitives.
|
|
|
|
For example, say we want to define a new option that will consist of
|
|
an IPv6 address, followed by an unsigned 16-bit integer, followed by a
|
|
boolean value, followed by a text string. Such an option could be
|
|
defined in the following way:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "bar",
|
|
"code": 101,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"type": "record",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"record-types": "ipv6-address, uint16, boolean, string",
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``type`` parameter is set to ``"record"`` to indicate that the option
|
|
contains multiple values of different types. These types are given as a
|
|
comma-separated list in the ``record-types`` field and should be ones
|
|
from those listed in :ref:`dhcp-types`.
|
|
|
|
The values of the options are set in an ``option-data`` statement as
|
|
follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "bar",
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"code": 101,
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::10, 123, false, Hello World"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``csv-format`` parameter is set to ``true`` to indicate that the ``data``
|
|
field comprises a comma-separated list of values. The values in ``data`` must
|
|
correspond to the types set in the ``record-types`` field of the option
|
|
definition.
|
|
|
|
When ``array`` is set to ``true`` and ``type`` is set to ``"record"``, the
|
|
last field is an array, i.e. it can contain more than one value, as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "bar",
|
|
"code": 101,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"type": "record",
|
|
"array": true,
|
|
"record-types": "ipv6-address, uint16",
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The new option content is one IPv6 address followed by one or more 16-bit
|
|
unsigned integers.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
In general, boolean values are specified as ``true`` or ``false``,
|
|
without quotes. Some specific boolean parameters may also accept
|
|
``"true"``, ``"false"``, ``0``, ``1``, ``"0"``, and ``"1"``.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-vendor-opts:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Vendor-Specific Options
|
|
------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Vendor options in DHCPv6 are carried in the Vendor-Specific
|
|
Information option (code 17). The idea behind option 17
|
|
is that each vendor has its own unique set of options with their own custom
|
|
formats. The vendor is identified by a 32-bit unsigned integer called
|
|
``enterprise-number`` or ``vendor-id``.
|
|
|
|
The standard spaces defined in Kea and their options are:
|
|
|
|
- ``vendor-2495``: Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. for 4o6 options:
|
|
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| option code | option name | option description |
|
|
+=============+====================+========================================================================+
|
|
| 60000 | 4o6-interface | the name of the 4o6 server's client-facing interface |
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| 60001 | 4o6-source-address | the address that the 4o6 server uses to send packets to the client |
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| 60002 | 4o6-source-port | the port that the 4o6 server opens to send packets to the client |
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
- ``vendor-4491``: Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. for DOCSIS3 options:
|
|
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| option code | option name | option description |
|
|
+=============+====================+========================================================================+
|
|
| 1 | oro | ORO (or Option Request Option) is used by clients to request a list of |
|
|
| | | options they are interested in. |
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| 2 | tftp-servers | a list of IPv4 addresses of TFTP servers to be used by the cable modem |
|
|
+-------------+--------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
The following examples show how to
|
|
define an option ``"foo"`` with code 1 that consists of an IPv6 address,
|
|
an unsigned 16-bit integer, and a string. The ``"foo"`` option is
|
|
conveyed in a Vendor-Specific Information option, which comprises a
|
|
single uint32 value that is set to ``12345``. The sub-option ``"foo"``
|
|
follows the data field holding this value.
|
|
|
|
The first step is to define the format of the option:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "foo",
|
|
"code": 1,
|
|
"space": "vendor-12345",
|
|
"type": "record",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"record-types": "ipv6-address, uint16, string",
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Note that the option space is set to ``"vendor-12345"``.
|
|
Once the option format is defined, the next step is to define actual values
|
|
for that option:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "foo",
|
|
"space": "vendor-12345",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::10, 123, Hello World"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
We should also define a value (``"enterprise-number"``) for the
|
|
Vendor-Specific Information option, to convey the option ``foo``.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "vendor-opts",
|
|
"data": "12345"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, the option can be specified using its code.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"code": 17,
|
|
"data": "12345"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
A common configuration is to set the ``always-send`` flag to ``true``, so the
|
|
vendor option is sent even when the client did not specify it in the query.
|
|
|
|
This is also how :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` can be configured to send multiple vendor options
|
|
from different vendors, along with each of their specific enterprise numbers.
|
|
To send these options regardless of whether the client specifies an enterprise number,
|
|
the server must be configured with ``"always-send": true``, including the Vendor-Specific
|
|
Information option (code 17).
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"always-send": true,
|
|
"data": "tagged",
|
|
"name": "tag",
|
|
"space": "vendor-2234"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"always-send": true,
|
|
"data": "https://example.com:1234/path",
|
|
"name": "url",
|
|
"space": "vendor-3561"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"code": 22,
|
|
"name": "tag",
|
|
"space": "vendor-2234",
|
|
"type": "string"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"code": 11,
|
|
"name": "url",
|
|
"space": "vendor-3561",
|
|
"type": "string"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` server is able to recognize multiple Vendor Class
|
|
options (code 16) with different enterprise numbers in the client requests,
|
|
and to send multiple Vendor-Specific Information options (code 17) in the
|
|
responses, one for each vendor.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-option-spaces:
|
|
|
|
Nested DHCPv6 Options (Custom Option Spaces)
|
|
--------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
It is sometimes useful to define a completely new option space: for example,
|
|
a user might create a new option to convey sub-options that
|
|
use a separate numbering scheme, such as sub-options with codes 1
|
|
and 2. Those option codes conflict with standard DHCPv6 options, so a
|
|
separate option space must be defined.
|
|
|
|
Note that the creation of a new option space is not required when
|
|
defining sub-options for a standard option, because one is created by
|
|
default if the standard option is meant to convey any sub-options (see
|
|
:ref:`dhcp6-vendor-opts`).
|
|
|
|
If we want a DHCPv6 option called ``container`` with code 102,
|
|
that conveys two sub-options with codes 1 and 2, we first need to
|
|
define the new sub-options:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "subopt1",
|
|
"code": 1,
|
|
"space": "isc",
|
|
"type": "ipv6-address",
|
|
"record-types": "",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "subopt2",
|
|
"code": 2,
|
|
"space": "isc",
|
|
"type": "string",
|
|
"record-types": "",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"encapsulate": ""
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Note that we have defined the options to belong to a new option space
|
|
(in this case, ``"isc"``).
|
|
|
|
The next step is to define a regular DHCPv6 option with the desired code
|
|
and specify that it should include options from the new option space:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-def": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "container",
|
|
"code": 102,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"type": "empty",
|
|
"array": false,
|
|
"record-types": "",
|
|
"encapsulate": "isc"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The name of the option space in which the sub-options are defined is set
|
|
in the ``encapsulate`` field. The ``type`` field is set to ``"empty"``, to
|
|
indicate that this option does not carry any data other than
|
|
sub-options.
|
|
|
|
Finally, we can set values for the new options:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "subopt1",
|
|
"code": 1,
|
|
"space": "isc",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::abcd"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "subopt2",
|
|
"code": 2,
|
|
"space": "isc",
|
|
"data": "Hello world"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "container",
|
|
"code": 102,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
It is possible to create an option which carries some data in
|
|
addition to the sub-options defined in the encapsulated option space.
|
|
For example, if the ``container`` option from the previous example were
|
|
required to carry a uint16 value as well as the sub-options, the
|
|
``type`` value would have to be set to ``"uint16"`` in the option
|
|
definition. (Such an option would then have the following data
|
|
structure: DHCP header, uint16 value, sub-options.) The value specified
|
|
with the ``data`` parameter — which should be a valid integer enclosed
|
|
in quotes, e.g. ``"123"`` — would then be assigned to the ``uint16`` field in
|
|
the ``container`` option.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-option-data-defaults:
|
|
|
|
Unspecified Parameters for DHCPv6 Option Configuration
|
|
------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
In many cases it is not required to specify all parameters for an option
|
|
configuration, and the default values can be used. However, it is
|
|
important to understand the implications of not specifying some of them,
|
|
as it may result in configuration errors. The list below explains the
|
|
behavior of the server when a particular parameter is not explicitly
|
|
specified:
|
|
|
|
- ``name`` - the server requires either an option name or an option code to
|
|
identify an option. If this parameter is unspecified, the option code
|
|
must be specified.
|
|
|
|
- ``code`` - the server requires either an option name or an option code to
|
|
identify an option; this parameter may be left unspecified if the
|
|
``name`` parameter is specified. However, this also requires that the
|
|
particular option have a definition (either as a standard option or
|
|
an administrator-created definition for the option using an
|
|
``option-def`` structure), as the option definition associates an
|
|
option with a particular name. It is possible to configure an option
|
|
for which there is no definition (unspecified option format).
|
|
Configuration of such options requires the use of the option code.
|
|
|
|
- ``space`` - if the option space is unspecified it defaults to
|
|
``dhcp6``, which is an option space holding standard DHCPv6 options.
|
|
|
|
- ``data`` - if the option data is unspecified it defaults to an empty
|
|
value. The empty value is mostly used for the options which have no
|
|
payload (boolean options), but it is legal to specify empty values
|
|
for some options which carry variable-length data and for which the
|
|
specification allows a length of 0. For such options, the data
|
|
parameter may be omitted in the configuration.
|
|
|
|
- ``csv-format`` - if this value is not specified, the server
|
|
assumes that the option data is specified as a list of comma-separated
|
|
values to be assigned to individual fields of the DHCP option.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-t1-t2-times:
|
|
|
|
Controlling the Values Sent for T1 and T2 Times
|
|
-----------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
According to RFC 8415, section 21.4, the recommended T1 and T2 values
|
|
are 50% and 80% of the preferred
|
|
lease time, respectively. Kea can be configured to send values that are
|
|
specified explicitly or that are calculated as percentages of the
|
|
preferred lease time. The server's behavior is determined by a combination
|
|
of configuration parameters, of which T1 and T2 are only two.
|
|
|
|
The lease's preferred and valid lifetimes are expressed as triplets with
|
|
minimum, default, and maximum values using configuration entries:
|
|
|
|
- ``min-preferred-lifetime`` - specifies the minimum preferred lifetime (optional).
|
|
|
|
- ``preferred-lifetime`` - specifies the default preferred lifetime.
|
|
|
|
- ``max-preferred-lifetime`` - specifies the maximum preferred lifetime (optional).
|
|
|
|
- ``min-valid-lifetime`` - specifies the minimum valid lifetime (optional).
|
|
|
|
- ``valid-lifetime`` - specifies the default valid lifetime.
|
|
|
|
- ``max-valid-lifetime`` - specifies the maximum valid lifetime (optional).
|
|
|
|
These values may be specified within client classes.
|
|
|
|
When the client does not specify lifetimes, the default is used.
|
|
A specified lifetime - using the IAADDR or IAPREFIX sub-option with
|
|
non-zero values - uses these values when they are between the configured
|
|
minimum and maximum bounds. Values outside the bounds are rounded up or down as
|
|
needed.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
If the ``preferred-lifetime`` has not been explicitly specified,
|
|
or if the specified value is larger than the value of ``valid-lifetime``, the server
|
|
uses the value of ``valid-lifetime`` multiplied by 0.625.
|
|
|
|
To send specific fixed values, use the following two parameters:
|
|
|
|
- ``renew-timer`` - specifies the value of T1 in seconds.
|
|
|
|
- ``rebind-timer`` - specifies the value of T2 in seconds.
|
|
|
|
Any value greater than or equal to zero may be specified for T2.
|
|
T1, if specified, must be less than T2. This flexibility allows
|
|
a use case where administrators want to suppress client renewals and
|
|
rebinds by deferring them beyond the lifespan of the lease. This should
|
|
cause the lease to expire, rather than get renewed by clients. If T1 is
|
|
specified as larger than T2, T1 is silently set to zero in the outbound IA.
|
|
|
|
In the great majority of cases, the values should follow this rule: T1 < T2 <
|
|
preferred lifetime < valid lifetime. Alternatively, both T1 and T2
|
|
values can be configured to 0, which is a signal to DHCPv6 clients that
|
|
they may renew at their own discretion. However, there are known broken
|
|
client implementations in use that will start renewing immediately.
|
|
Administrators who plan to use T1=T2=0 values should test first and make sure
|
|
their clients behave rationally.
|
|
|
|
In some rare cases there may be a need to disable a client's ability to
|
|
renew addresses. This is undesired from a protocol perspective and should
|
|
be avoided if possible. However, if necessary, administrators can
|
|
configure the T1 and T2 values to be equal or greater to the valid
|
|
lifetime. Be advised that this will cause clients to occasionally
|
|
lose their addresses, which is generally perceived as poor service.
|
|
However, there may be some rare business cases when this is desired
|
|
(e.g. when it is desirable to intentionally break long-lasting connections).
|
|
|
|
Calculation of the values is controlled by the following three parameters:
|
|
|
|
- ``calculate-tee-times`` - when ``true``, T1 and T2 are calculated as
|
|
percentages of the valid lease time. It defaults to ``true``.
|
|
|
|
- ``t1-percent`` - the percentage of the valid lease time to use for
|
|
T1. It is expressed as a real number between 0.0 and 1.0 and must be
|
|
less than ``t2-percent``. The default value is 0.5, per RFC 8415.
|
|
|
|
- ``t2-percent`` - the percentage of the valid lease time to use for
|
|
T2. It is expressed as a real number between 0.0 and 1.0 and must be
|
|
greater than ``t1-percent``. The default value is 0.8 per RFC 8415.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Unlike DHCPv4 the tee (T1, T2) times are always present in DHCPv6 address and
|
|
prefix options. Therefore the default value for ``calculate-tee-times``
|
|
for :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` is ``true``. This ensures the server's default
|
|
behavior will result in non-zero tee times being sent to clients. This
|
|
is to avoid the server being swamped by misbehaving clients that do not
|
|
calculate it for themselves.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
If both explicit values are specified and
|
|
``calculate-tee-times`` is ``true``, the server will use the explicit values.
|
|
Administrators with a setup where some subnets or shared-networks
|
|
use explicit values and some use calculated values must
|
|
not define the explicit values at any level higher than where they
|
|
will be used. Inheriting them from too high a scope, such as
|
|
global, will cause them to have values at every level underneath
|
|
(both shared-networks and subnets), effectively disabling calculated
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-config-subnets:
|
|
|
|
IPv6 Subnet Selection
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server may receive requests from local (connected to the same
|
|
subnet as the server) and remote (connected via relays) clients. As the
|
|
server may have many subnet configurations defined, it must select an
|
|
appropriate subnet for a given request.
|
|
|
|
In IPv4, the server can determine which of the configured subnets are
|
|
local, as there is a reasonable expectation that the server will have a
|
|
(global) IPv4 address configured on the interface. That assumption is not
|
|
true in IPv6; the DHCPv6 server must be able to operate while only using
|
|
link-local addresses. Therefore, an optional ``interface`` parameter is
|
|
available within a subnet definition to designate that a given subnet is
|
|
local, i.e. reachable directly over the specified interface. For
|
|
example, a server that is intended to serve a local subnet over eth0
|
|
may be configured as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:beef::/48",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:beef::/48"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"interface": "eth0"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-rapid-commit:
|
|
|
|
Rapid Commit
|
|
------------
|
|
|
|
The Rapid Commit option, described in `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__, is supported by the Kea
|
|
DHCPv6 server. However, support is disabled by default. It can be
|
|
enabled on a per-subnet basis using the ``rapid-commit`` parameter as
|
|
shown below:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:beef::/48",
|
|
"rapid-commit": true,
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:beef::1-2001:db8:beef::10"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This setting only affects the subnet for which ``rapid-commit`` is
|
|
set to ``true``. For clients connected to other subnets, the server
|
|
ignores the Rapid Commit option sent by the client and follows the
|
|
4-way exchange procedure, i.e. responds with an Advertise for a Solicit
|
|
containing a Rapid Commit option.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-relays:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Relays
|
|
-------------
|
|
|
|
A DHCPv6 server with multiple subnets defined must select the
|
|
appropriate subnet when it receives a request from a client. For clients
|
|
connected via relays, two mechanisms are used:
|
|
|
|
The first uses the ``linkaddr`` field in the ``RELAY_FORW`` message. The name of
|
|
this field is somewhat misleading in that it does not contain a
|
|
link-layer address; instead, it holds an address (typically a global
|
|
address) that is used to identify a link. The DHCPv6 server checks to
|
|
see whether the address belongs to a defined subnet and, if it does,
|
|
that subnet is selected for the client's request.
|
|
|
|
The second mechanism is based on ``interface-id`` options. While forwarding
|
|
a client's message, relays may insert an ``interface-id`` option into the
|
|
message that identifies the interface on the relay that received the
|
|
message. (Some relays allow configuration of that parameter, but it is
|
|
sometimes hard-coded and may range from the very simple [e.g. "vlan100"]
|
|
to the very cryptic; one example seen on real hardware was
|
|
"ISAM144|299|ipv6|nt:vp:1:110".) The server can use this information to
|
|
select the appropriate subnet. The information is also returned to the
|
|
relay, which then knows the interface to use to transmit the response to
|
|
the client. For this to work successfully, the relay interface IDs must
|
|
be unique within the network and the server configuration must match
|
|
those values.
|
|
|
|
When configuring the DHCPv6 server, two
|
|
similarly named parameters can be configured for a subnet:
|
|
|
|
- ``interface`` - defines which local network interface can be used to
|
|
access a given subnet.
|
|
|
|
- ``interface-id`` - specifies the content of the ``interface-id`` option
|
|
used by relays to identify the interface on the relay to which the
|
|
response packet is sent.
|
|
|
|
The two are mutually exclusive; a subnet cannot be reachable both
|
|
locally (direct traffic) and via relays (remote traffic). Specifying
|
|
both is a configuration error and the DHCPv6 server will refuse such a
|
|
configuration.
|
|
|
|
The following example configuration shows how to specify an ``interface-id``
|
|
with a value of "vlan123":
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:beef::/48",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:beef::/48"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"interface-id": "vlan123"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-rsoo:
|
|
|
|
Relay-Supplied Options
|
|
----------------------
|
|
|
|
`RFC 6422 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6422>`__ defines a mechanism
|
|
called Relay-Supplied DHCP Options. In certain cases relay agents are
|
|
the only entities that may have specific information, and they can
|
|
insert options when relaying messages from the client to the server. The
|
|
server then does certain checks and copies those options to the
|
|
response sent to the client.
|
|
|
|
There are certain conditions that must be met for the option to be
|
|
included. First, the server must not provide the option itself; in other
|
|
words, if both relay and server provide an option, the server always
|
|
takes precedence. Second, the option must be RSOO-enabled. (RSOO is the
|
|
"Relay Supplied Options option.") IANA maintains a list of RSOO-enabled
|
|
options
|
|
`here <https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters/dhcpv6-parameters.xhtml#options-relay-supplied>`__.
|
|
However, there may be cases when system administrators want to echo
|
|
other options. Kea can be instructed to treat other options as
|
|
RSOO-enabled; for example, to mark options 110, 120, and 130 as
|
|
RSOO-enabled, the following syntax should be used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"relay-supplied-options": [ "110", "120", "130" ],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
At this time, only option 65 is RSOO-enabled by IANA. This option
|
|
will always be treated as RSOO-enabled, so there is no need to explicitly mark
|
|
it. When enabling standard options, it is also possible to use their
|
|
names rather than their option code, e.g. use ``dns-servers`` instead of
|
|
``23``. See ref:`dhcp6-std-options-list` for the names. In
|
|
certain cases this may also work for custom options, but due to the
|
|
nature of the parser code this may be unreliable and should be avoided.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-client-classifier:
|
|
|
|
Client Classification in DHCPv6
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server includes support for client classification. For a
|
|
deeper discussion of the classification process, see :ref:`classify`.
|
|
|
|
In certain cases it is useful to configure the server to differentiate
|
|
between DHCP client types and treat them accordingly. Client
|
|
classification can be used to modify the behavior of almost any part of
|
|
DHCP message processing. Kea currently offers
|
|
three mechanisms that take advantage of client classification in DHCPv6:
|
|
subnet selection, address pool selection, and DHCP options assignment.
|
|
|
|
Kea can be instructed to limit access to given subnets based on class
|
|
information. This is particularly useful for cases where two types of
|
|
devices share the same link and are expected to be served from two
|
|
different subnets. The primary use case for such a scenario is cable
|
|
networks, where there are two classes of devices: the cable modem
|
|
itself, which should be handed a lease from subnet A; and all other
|
|
devices behind the modem, which should get leases from subnet B. That
|
|
segregation is essential to prevent overly curious end-users from playing
|
|
with their cable modems. For details on how to set up class restrictions
|
|
on subnets, see :ref:`classification-subnets`.
|
|
|
|
When subnets belong to a shared network, the classification applies to
|
|
subnet selection but not to pools; that is, a pool in a subnet limited to a
|
|
particular class can still be used by clients which do not belong to the
|
|
class, if the pool they are expected to use is exhausted. The limit
|
|
on access based on class information is also available at the
|
|
address/prefix pool level within a subnet: see :ref:`classification-pools`.
|
|
This is useful when segregating clients belonging to the same
|
|
subnet into different address ranges.
|
|
|
|
In a similar way, a pool can be constrained to serve only known clients,
|
|
i.e. clients which have a reservation, using the built-in ``KNOWN`` or
|
|
``UNKNOWN`` classes. Addresses can be assigned to registered clients
|
|
without giving a different address per reservation: for instance, when
|
|
there are not enough available addresses. The determination whether
|
|
there is a reservation for a given client is made after a subnet is
|
|
selected, so it is not possible to use ``KNOWN``/``UNKNOWN`` classes to select a
|
|
shared network or a subnet.
|
|
|
|
The process of classification is conducted in five steps. The first step
|
|
is to assess an incoming packet and assign it to zero or more classes.
|
|
The second step is to choose a subnet, possibly based on the class
|
|
information. When the incoming packet is in the special class ``DROP``,
|
|
it is dropped and a debug message logged.
|
|
The next step is to evaluate class expressions depending on the built-in
|
|
``KNOWN``/``UNKNOWN`` classes after host reservation lookup, using them for
|
|
pool/pd-pool selection and assigning classes from host reservations. The
|
|
list of required classes is then built and each class of the list has
|
|
its expression evaluated; when it returns ``true``, the packet is added as
|
|
a member of the class. The last step is to assign options, again possibly
|
|
based on the class information. More complete and detailed information
|
|
is available in :ref:`classify`.
|
|
|
|
There are two main methods of classification. The first is automatic and
|
|
relies on examining the values in the vendor class options or the
|
|
existence of a host reservation. Information from these options is
|
|
extracted, and a class name is constructed from it and added to the
|
|
class list for the packet. The second method specifies an expression that is
|
|
evaluated for each packet. If the result is ``true``, the packet is a
|
|
member of the class.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The new ``early-global-reservations-lookup`` global parameter flag
|
|
enables a lookup for global reservations before the subnet selection
|
|
phase. This lookup is similar to the general lookup described above
|
|
with two differences:
|
|
|
|
- the lookup is limited to global host reservations
|
|
|
|
- the ``UNKNOWN`` class is never set
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Care should be taken with client classification, as it is easy for
|
|
clients that do not meet class criteria to be denied all service.
|
|
|
|
Defining and Using Custom Classes
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The following example shows how to configure a class using an expression
|
|
and a subnet using that class. This configuration defines the class
|
|
named ``Client_enterprise``. It is comprised of all clients whose client
|
|
identifiers start with the given hex string (which would indicate a DUID
|
|
based on an enterprise id of 0xAABBCCDD). Members of this class will be given an address
|
|
from 2001:db8:1::0 to 2001:db8:1::FFFF and the addresses of their DNS
|
|
servers set to 2001:db8:0::1 and 2001:db8:2::1.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "Client_enterprise",
|
|
"test": "substring(option[1].hex,0,6) == 0x0002AABBCCDD",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"code": 23,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:0::1, 2001:db8:2::1"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::ffff" } ],
|
|
"client-classes": [ "Client_enterprise" ]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This example shows a configuration using an automatically generated
|
|
``VENDOR_CLASS_`` class. The administrator of the network has decided that
|
|
addresses in the range 2001:db8:1::1 to 2001:db8:1::ffff are to be
|
|
managed by the DHCPv6 server and that only clients belonging to the
|
|
eRouter1.0 client class are allowed to use that pool.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"client-classes": [ "VENDOR_CLASS_eRouter1.0" ]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-additional-class:
|
|
|
|
Additional Classification
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
In some cases it is useful to limit the scope of a class to a pool,
|
|
subnet, or shared network. There are two parameters which are used
|
|
to limit the scope of the class by instructing the server to evaluate test
|
|
expressions when required.
|
|
|
|
The ``evaluate-additional-classes``, which takes a list of class
|
|
names and is valid in pool, subnet, and shared network scope. Classes in
|
|
these lists are marked as additional and evaluated after selection of this
|
|
specific pool/subnet/shared network and before output-option processing.
|
|
|
|
The second one is the per-class ``only-in-additional-list`` flag, which is
|
|
``false`` by default. When it is set to ``true``, the test expression of
|
|
the class is not evaluated at the reception of the incoming packet but later,
|
|
and only if the class is present in an ``evaluate-additional-classes`` list.
|
|
|
|
In this example, a class is assigned to the incoming packet when the
|
|
specified subnet is used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "Client_foo",
|
|
"test": "member('ALL')",
|
|
"only-in-additional-list": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"evaluate-additional-classes": [ "Client_foo" ],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Additional evaluation can be used to express complex dependencies like
|
|
subnet membership. It can also be used to reverse the
|
|
precedence; if ``option-data`` is set in a subnet, it takes precedence
|
|
over ``option-data`` in a class. If ``option-data`` is moved to a
|
|
required class and required in the subnet, a class evaluated earlier
|
|
may take precedence.
|
|
|
|
Additional evaluation is also available at shared network and pool/pd-pool
|
|
levels. The order in which additional classes are considered is:
|
|
(pd-)pool, subnet, and shared network, i.e. in the same order from the
|
|
way in which ``option-data`` is processed.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea version 2.7.4 additional classes configured without
|
|
a test expression are unconditionally added, i.e. they are considered
|
|
to always be evaluated to ``true``.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
Because additional evaluation occurs after lease assignment, parameters
|
|
that would otherwise impact lease life times (e.g. ``valid-lifetime``,
|
|
``preferred-lifetime``) will have no effect when specified in a class that
|
|
also sets ``only-in-additional-list`` true.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
As of Kea version 2.7.4, ``only-if-required`` and ``require-client-classes``
|
|
have been renamed to ``only-in-additional-list`` and ``evaluate-additional-classes``
|
|
respectivley. The original names will still be accepted as input to allow
|
|
users to migrate but will eventually be rejected.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-ddns-config:
|
|
|
|
DDNS for DHCPv6
|
|
---------------
|
|
|
|
As mentioned earlier, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` can be configured to generate requests
|
|
to the DHCP-DDNS server, :iscman:`kea-dhcp-ddns`, (referred to herein as "D2") to
|
|
update DNS entries. These requests are known as NameChangeRequests or
|
|
NCRs. Each NCR contains the following information:
|
|
|
|
1. Whether it is a request to add (update) or remove DNS entries.
|
|
|
|
2. Whether the change requests forward DNS updates (AAAA records), reverse
|
|
DNS updates (PTR records), or both.
|
|
|
|
3. The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN), lease address, and DHCID
|
|
(information identifying the client associated with the FQDN).
|
|
|
|
DDNS-related parameters are split into two groups:
|
|
|
|
1. Connectivity Parameters
|
|
|
|
These are parameters which specify where and how :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` connects to
|
|
and communicates with D2. These parameters can only be specified
|
|
within the top-level ``dhcp-ddns`` section in the :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
configuration. The connectivity parameters are listed below:
|
|
|
|
- ``enable-updates``
|
|
- ``server-ip``
|
|
- ``server-port``
|
|
- ``sender-ip``
|
|
- ``sender-port``
|
|
- ``max-queue-size``
|
|
- ``ncr-protocol``
|
|
- ``ncr-format``
|
|
|
|
2. Behavioral Parameters
|
|
|
|
These parameters influence behavior such as how client host names and
|
|
FQDN options are handled. They have been moved out of the ``dhcp-ddns``
|
|
section so that they may be specified at the global, shared-network,
|
|
subnet and/or pool levels. Furthermore, they are inherited downward from
|
|
global to shared-network to subnet to pool. In other words, if a parameter
|
|
is not specified at a given level, the value for that level comes from the
|
|
level above it. The behavioral parameters are as follows:
|
|
|
|
- ``ddns-send-updates``
|
|
- ``ddns-override-no-update``
|
|
- ``ddns-override-client-update``
|
|
- ``ddns-replace-client-name``
|
|
- ``ddns-generated-prefix``
|
|
- ``ddns-qualifying-suffix``
|
|
- ``ddns-update-on-renew``
|
|
- ``ddns-conflict-resolution-mode``
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl``
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-percent``
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-min``
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-max``
|
|
- ``hostname-char-set``
|
|
- ``hostname-char-replacement``
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Kea 2.7.6 added support for these parameters to the (address) pool level. They
|
|
are not supported in pd-pools.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Behavioral parameters that affect the FQDN are in effect even
|
|
if both ``enable-updates`` and ``ddns-send-updates`` are ``false``,
|
|
to support environments in which clients are responsible
|
|
for their own DNS updates. This applies to ``ddns-replace-client-name``,
|
|
``ddns-generated-prefix``, ``ddns-qualifying-suffix``, ``hostname-char-set``,
|
|
and ``hostname-char-replacement``.
|
|
|
|
The default configuration and values would appear as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"dhcp-ddns": {
|
|
// Connectivity parameters
|
|
"enable-updates": false,
|
|
"server-ip": "127.0.0.1",
|
|
"server-port":53001,
|
|
"sender-ip":"",
|
|
"sender-port":0,
|
|
"max-queue-size":1024,
|
|
"ncr-protocol":"UDP",
|
|
"ncr-format":"JSON"
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
// Behavioral parameters (global)
|
|
"ddns-send-updates": true,
|
|
"ddns-override-no-update": false,
|
|
"ddns-override-client-update": false,
|
|
"ddns-replace-client-name": "never",
|
|
"ddns-generated-prefix": "myhost",
|
|
"ddns-qualifying-suffix": "",
|
|
"ddns-update-on-renew": false,
|
|
"ddns-conflict-resolution-mode": "check-with-dhcid",
|
|
"hostname-char-set": "",
|
|
"hostname-char-replacement": "",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
There are two parameters which determine whether :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
can generate DDNS requests to D2: the existing ``dhcp-ddns:enable-updates``
|
|
parameter, which now only controls whether :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` connects to D2;
|
|
and the new behavioral parameter, ``ddns-send-updates``, which determines
|
|
whether DDNS updates are enabled at a given level (i.e. global, shared-network,
|
|
or subnet). The following table shows how the two parameters function
|
|
together:
|
|
|
|
.. table:: Enabling and disabling DDNS updates
|
|
|
|
+-----------------+--------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns: | Global | Outcome |
|
|
| enable-updates | ddns-send-updates | |
|
|
+=================+====================+=====================================+
|
|
| false (default) | false | no updates at any scope |
|
|
+-----------------+--------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
|
| false | true (default) | no updates at any scope |
|
|
+-----------------+--------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
|
| true | false | updates only at scopes with |
|
|
| | | a local value of ``true`` for |
|
|
| | | ``ddns-enable-updates`` |
|
|
+-----------------+--------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
|
| true | true | updates at all scopes except those |
|
|
| | | with a local value of ``false`` |
|
|
| | | for ``ddns-enable-updates`` |
|
|
+-----------------+--------------------+-------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
Kea 1.9.1 added two new parameters; the first is ``ddns-update-on-renew``.
|
|
Normally, when leases are renewed, the server only updates DNS if the DNS
|
|
information for the lease (e.g. FQDN, DNS update direction flags) has changed.
|
|
Setting ``ddns-update-on-renew`` to ``true`` instructs the server to always update
|
|
the DNS information when a lease is renewed, even if its DNS information has not
|
|
changed. This allows Kea to "self-heal" if it was previously unable
|
|
to add DNS entries or they were somehow lost by the DNS server.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Setting ``ddns-update-on-renew`` to ``true`` may impact performance, especially
|
|
for servers with numerous clients that renew often.
|
|
|
|
The second parameter added in Kea 1.9.1 is ``ddns-use-conflict-resolution``. This
|
|
boolean parameter was passed through to D2 and enabled or disabled conflict resolution
|
|
as described in `RFC 4703 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4703>`__. Beginning with
|
|
Kea 2.5.0, it is deprecated and replaced by ``ddns-conflict-resolution-mode``, which
|
|
offers four modes of conflict resolution-related behavior:
|
|
|
|
- ``check-with-dhcid`` - This mode, the default, instructs D2 to carry out RFC
|
|
4703-compliant conflict resolution. Existing DNS entries may only be
|
|
overwritten if they have a DHCID record and it matches the client's DHCID.
|
|
This is equivalent to ``ddns-use-conflict-resolution``: ``true``;
|
|
|
|
- ``no-check-with-dhcid`` - Existing DNS entries may be overwritten by any
|
|
client, whether those entries include a DHCID record or not. The new entries
|
|
will include a DHCID record for the client to whom they belong.
|
|
This is equivalent to ``ddns-use-conflict-resolution``: ``false``;
|
|
|
|
- ``check-exists-with-dhcid`` - Existing DNS entries may only be overwritten
|
|
if they have a DHCID record. The DHCID record need not match the client's DHCID.
|
|
This mode provides a way to protect static DNS entries (those that do not have
|
|
a DHCID record) while allowing dynamic entries (those that do have a DHCID
|
|
record) to be overwritten by any client. This behavior was not supported
|
|
prior to Kea 2.4.0.
|
|
|
|
- ``no-check-without-dhcid`` - Existing DNS entries may be overwritten by
|
|
any client; new entries will not include DHCID records. This behavior was
|
|
not supported prior to Kea 2.4.0.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
For backward compatibility, ``ddns-use-conflict-resolution`` is still accepted in
|
|
JSON configuration. The server replaces the value internally with
|
|
``ddns-conflict-resolution-mode`` and an appropriate value: `
|
|
``check-with-dhcid`` for ``true`` and ``no-check-with-dhcid`` for ``false``.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Setting ``ddns-conflict-resolution-mode`` to any value other than
|
|
``check-with-dhcid`` disables the overwrite safeguards
|
|
that the rules of conflict resolution (from
|
|
`RFC 4703 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4703>`__) are intended to
|
|
prevent. This means that existing entries for an FQDN or an
|
|
IP address made for Client-A can be deleted or replaced by entries
|
|
for Client-B. Furthermore, there are two scenarios by which entries
|
|
for multiple clients for the same key (e.g. FQDN or IP) can be created.
|
|
|
|
1. Client-B uses the same FQDN as Client-A but a different IP address.
|
|
In this case, the forward DNS entries (AAAA and DHCID RRs) for
|
|
Client-A will be deleted as they match the FQDN, and new entries for
|
|
Client-B will be added. The reverse DNS entries (PTR and DHCID RRs)
|
|
for Client-A, however, will not be deleted as they belong to a different
|
|
IP address, while new entries for Client-B will still be added.
|
|
|
|
2. Client-B uses the same IP address as Client-A but a different FQDN.
|
|
In this case, the reverse DNS entries (PTR and DHCID RRs) for Client-A
|
|
will be deleted as they match the IP address, and new entries for
|
|
Client-B will be added. The forward DNS entries (AAAA and DHCID RRs)
|
|
for Client-A, however, will not be deleted, as they belong to a different
|
|
FQDN, while new entries for Client-B will still be added.
|
|
|
|
Disabling conflict resolution should be done only after careful review of
|
|
specific use cases. The best way to avoid unwanted DNS entries is to
|
|
always ensure that lease changes are processed through Kea, whether they are
|
|
released, expire, or are deleted via the :isccmd:`lease6-del` command, prior to
|
|
reassigning either FQDNs or IP addresses. Doing so causes :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
to generate DNS removal requests to D2.
|
|
|
|
The DNS entries Kea creates contain a value for TTL (time to live).
|
|
By default, the :iscman:`kea-dhcp4` server calculates that value based on
|
|
`RFC 4702, Section 5 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4702#section-5>`__,
|
|
which suggests that the TTL value be 1/3 of the lease's life time, with
|
|
a minimum value of 10 minutes. There are four optional parameters which
|
|
may be used to influence the TTL calculation:
|
|
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl`` - If specified and greater than 0 use it as the value of TTL
|
|
unconditionally. It is specified in seconds. By default it is unspecified.
|
|
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-percent`` - If specified and greater than zero use it as the
|
|
percentage of the lease life time otherwise use 1/3 (per RFC 4702) of the
|
|
lease life time. It is specified as a decimal percentage (e.g. 0.75, 0.50)
|
|
and is unspecified by default.
|
|
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-min`` - If specified and greater than 0 use it the minimum
|
|
otherwise use a minimum of 600 seconds (per RFC 4702). If the calculated TTL
|
|
is less than the minimum return the minimum. It is specified in seconds. By
|
|
default it is unspecified.
|
|
|
|
- ``ddns-ttl-max`` - If specified and greater than zero limit the calculated TTL
|
|
to its value. It is specified in seconds. By default it is unspecified.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
A value of zero for any of the TTL parameters can be used to suppress (i.e. "unspecify")
|
|
the value of that parameter inherited from a higher scope.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcpv6-d2-io-config:
|
|
|
|
DHCP-DDNS Server Connectivity
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
For NCRs to reach the D2 server, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` must be able to communicate
|
|
with it. :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` uses the following configuration parameters to
|
|
control this communication:
|
|
|
|
- ``enable-updates`` - This enables connectivity to :iscman:`kea-dhcp-ddns` such that DDNS
|
|
updates can be constructed and sent.
|
|
It must be ``true`` for NCRs to be generated and sent to D2.
|
|
It defaults to ``false``.
|
|
|
|
- ``server-ip`` - This is the IP address on which D2 listens for requests. The
|
|
default is the local loopback interface at address 127.0.0.1.
|
|
Either an IPv4 or IPv6 address may be specified.
|
|
|
|
- ``server-port`` - This is the port on which D2 listens for requests. The default
|
|
value is ``53001``.
|
|
|
|
- ``sender-ip`` - This is the IP address which :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` uses to send requests to
|
|
D2. The default value is blank, which instructs :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` to select a
|
|
suitable address.
|
|
|
|
- ``sender-port`` - This is the port which :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` uses to send requests to D2.
|
|
The default value of ``0`` instructs :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` to select a suitable port.
|
|
|
|
- ``max-queue-size`` - This is the maximum number of requests allowed to queue
|
|
while waiting to be sent to D2. This value guards against requests
|
|
accumulating uncontrollably if they are being generated faster than
|
|
they can be delivered. If the number of requests queued for
|
|
transmission reaches this value, DDNS updating is turned off
|
|
until the queue backlog has been sufficiently reduced. The intent is
|
|
to allow the :iscman:`kea-dhcp4` server to continue lease operations without
|
|
running the risk that its memory usage may grow without limit. The
|
|
default value is ``1024``.
|
|
|
|
- ``ncr-protocol`` - This specifies the socket protocol to use when sending requests to
|
|
D2. Currently only UDP is supported.
|
|
|
|
- ``ncr-format`` - This specifies the packet format to use when sending requests to D2.
|
|
Currently only JSON format is supported.
|
|
|
|
By default, :iscman:`kea-dhcp-ddns` is assumed to be running on the same machine
|
|
as :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`, and all of the default values mentioned above should be
|
|
sufficient. If, however, D2 has been configured to listen on a different
|
|
address or port, these values must be altered accordingly. For example, if
|
|
D2 has been configured to listen on 2001:db8::5 port 900, the following
|
|
configuration is required:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"dhcp-ddns": {
|
|
"server-ip": "2001:db8::5",
|
|
"server-port": 900,
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcpv6-d2-rules-config:
|
|
|
|
When Does the :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` Server Generate a DDNS Request?
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
The :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` server follows the behavior prescribed for DHCP servers in
|
|
`RFC 4704 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4704>`__. It is important to keep
|
|
in mind that :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` makes the initial decision of when and what to
|
|
update and forwards that information to D2 in the form of NCRs. Carrying
|
|
out the actual DNS updates and dealing with such things as conflict
|
|
resolution are within the purview of D2 itself
|
|
(see :ref:`dhcp-ddns-server`). This section describes when :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
generates NCRs and the configuration parameters that can be used to
|
|
influence this decision. It assumes that both the connectivity parameter
|
|
``enable-updates`` and the behavioral parameter ``ddns-send-updates``
|
|
are ``true``.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Currently the interface between :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` and D2 only supports
|
|
requests which update DNS entries for a single IP address. If a lease
|
|
grants more than one address, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` creates the DDNS update
|
|
request for only the first of these addresses.
|
|
|
|
In general, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` generates DDNS update requests when:
|
|
|
|
1. A new lease is granted in response to a DHCPREQUEST;
|
|
|
|
2. An existing lease is renewed but the FQDN associated with it has
|
|
changed; or
|
|
|
|
3. An existing lease is released in response to a DHCPRELEASE.
|
|
|
|
In the second case, lease renewal, two DDNS requests are issued: one
|
|
request to remove entries for the previous FQDN, and a second request to
|
|
add entries for the new FQDN. In the third case, a lease release - a
|
|
single DDNS request - to remove its entries will be made.
|
|
|
|
As for the first case, the decisions involved when granting a new lease are
|
|
more complex. When a new lease is granted, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` generates a
|
|
DDNS update request only if the DHCPREQUEST contains the FQDN option
|
|
(code 39).
|
|
By default, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` respects the FQDN N and S flags
|
|
specified by the client as shown in the following table:
|
|
|
|
.. table:: Default FQDN flag behavior
|
|
|
|
+------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------+
|
|
| Client | Client Intent | Server Response | Server |
|
|
| Flags:N-S | | | Flags:N-S-O |
|
|
+============+=================+=================+=============+
|
|
| 0-0 | Client wants to | Server | 1-0-0 |
|
|
| | do forward | generates | |
|
|
| | updates, server | reverse-only | |
|
|
| | should do | request | |
|
|
| | reverse updates | | |
|
|
+------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------+
|
|
| 0-1 | Server should | Server | 0-1-0 |
|
|
| | do both forward | generates | |
|
|
| | and reverse | request to | |
|
|
| | updates | update both | |
|
|
| | | directions | |
|
|
+------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------+
|
|
| 1-0 | Client wants no | Server does not | 1-0-0 |
|
|
| | updates done | generate a | |
|
|
| | | request | |
|
|
+------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------+
|
|
|
|
The first row in the table above represents "client delegation." Here
|
|
the DHCP client states that it intends to do the forward DNS updates and
|
|
the server should do the reverse updates. By default, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
honors the client's wishes and generates a DDNS request to the D2 server
|
|
to update only reverse DNS data. The parameter
|
|
``ddns-override-client-update`` can be used to instruct the server to
|
|
override client delegation requests. When this parameter is ``true``,
|
|
:iscman:`kea-dhcp6` disregards requests for client delegation and generates a
|
|
DDNS request to update both forward and reverse DNS data. In this case,
|
|
the N-S-O flags in the server's response to the client will be 0-1-1,
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
(Note that the flag combination N=1, S=1 is prohibited according to `RFC
|
|
4702 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4702>`__. If such a combination is
|
|
received from the client, the packet will be dropped by :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`.)
|
|
|
|
To override client delegation, set the following values in the
|
|
configuration file:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ddns-override-client-update": true,
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The third row in the table above describes the case in which the client
|
|
requests that no DNS updates be done. The parameter
|
|
``ddns-override-no-update`` can be used to instruct the server to disregard
|
|
the client's wishes. When this parameter is ``true``, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6`
|
|
generates DDNS update requests to :iscman:`kea-dhcp-ddns` even if the client
|
|
requests that no updates be done. The N-S-O flags in the server's response to
|
|
the client will be 0-1-1.
|
|
|
|
To override client delegation, issue the following commands:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ddns-override-no-update": true,
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` server always generates DDNS update requests if the
|
|
client request only contains the Host Name option. In addition, it includes
|
|
an FQDN option in the response to the client, with the FQDN N-S-O flags
|
|
set to 0-1-0, respectively. The domain name portion of the FQDN option
|
|
is the name submitted to D2 in the DDNS update request.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcpv6-fqdn-name-generation:
|
|
|
|
:iscman:`kea-dhcp6` Name Generation for DDNS Update Requests
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
Each NameChangeRequest must of course include the fully qualified domain
|
|
name whose DNS entries are to be affected. :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` can be configured
|
|
to supply a portion or all of that name, based on what it receives
|
|
from the client in the DHCPREQUEST.
|
|
|
|
The default rules for constructing the FQDN that will be used for DNS
|
|
entries are:
|
|
|
|
1. If the DHCPREQUEST contains the client FQDN option, take the
|
|
candidate name from there.
|
|
|
|
2. If the candidate name is a partial (i.e. unqualified) name, then add
|
|
a configurable suffix to the name and use the result as the FQDN.
|
|
|
|
3. If the candidate name provided is empty, generate an FQDN using a
|
|
configurable prefix and suffix.
|
|
|
|
4. If the client provides neither option, then take no DNS action.
|
|
|
|
These rules can be amended by setting the ``ddns-replace-client-name``
|
|
parameter, which provides the following modes of behavior:
|
|
|
|
- ``never`` - use the name the client sent. If the client sent no name,
|
|
do not generate one. This is the default mode.
|
|
|
|
- ``always`` - replace the name the client sent. If the client sent no
|
|
name, generate one for the client.
|
|
|
|
- ``when-present`` - replace the name the client sent. If the client
|
|
sent no name, do not generate one.
|
|
|
|
- ``when-not-present`` - use the name the client sent. If the client
|
|
sent no name, generate one for the client.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
In early versions of Kea, this parameter was a boolean and permitted only
|
|
values of ``true`` and ``false``. Boolean values have been deprecated
|
|
and are no longer accepted; administrators currently using booleans
|
|
must replace them with the desired mode name. A value of ``true``
|
|
maps to ``when-present``, while ``false`` maps to ``never``.
|
|
|
|
For example, to instruct :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` to always generate the FQDN for a
|
|
client, set the parameter ``ddns-replace-client-name`` to ``always`` as
|
|
follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ddns-replace-client-name": "always",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The prefix used in the generation of an FQDN is specified by the
|
|
``ddns-generated-prefix`` parameter. The default value is "myhost". To alter
|
|
its value, simply set it to the desired string:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ddns-generated-prefix": "another.host",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The suffix used when generating an FQDN, or when qualifying a partial
|
|
name, is specified by the ``ddns-qualifying-suffix`` parameter. It is
|
|
strongly recommended that the user supply a value for the qualifying
|
|
suffix when DDNS updates are enabled. For obvious reasons, we cannot
|
|
supply a meaningful default.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ddns-qualifying-suffix": "foo.example.org",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
When qualifying a partial name, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` constructs the name in the
|
|
format:
|
|
|
|
``[candidate-name].[ddns-qualifying-suffix].``
|
|
|
|
where ``candidate-name`` is the partial name supplied in the DHCPREQUEST.
|
|
For example, if the FQDN domain name value is "some-computer" and the
|
|
``ddns-qualifying-suffix`` is "example.com", the generated FQDN is:
|
|
|
|
``some-computer.example.com.``
|
|
|
|
When generating the entire name, :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` constructs the name in
|
|
the format:
|
|
|
|
``[ddns-generated-prefix]-[address-text].[ddns-qualifying-suffix].``
|
|
|
|
where ``address-text`` is simply the lease IP address converted to a
|
|
hyphenated string. For example, if the lease address is 3001:1::70E, the
|
|
qualifying suffix is "example.com", and the default value is used for
|
|
``ddns-generated-prefix``, the generated FQDN is:
|
|
|
|
``myhost-3001-1--70E.example.com.``
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.8, generated prefixes that would have ended in a hyphen
|
|
will have a zero appended to the end. For example, the generated prefix
|
|
for the address "2001:db8:1::" would be "myhost-2001-db8-1--0".
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-host-name-sanitization:
|
|
|
|
Sanitizing Client FQDN Names
|
|
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
|
|
|
Some DHCP clients may provide values in the name component of the FQDN
|
|
option (option code 39) that contain undesirable
|
|
characters. It is possible to configure :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` to sanitize these
|
|
values. The most typical use case is ensuring that only characters that
|
|
are permitted by RFC 1035 be included: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and "-". This may be
|
|
accomplished with the following two parameters:
|
|
|
|
- ``hostname-char-set`` - a regular expression describing the invalid
|
|
character set. This can be any valid, regular expression using POSIX
|
|
extended expression syntax. Embedded nulls (0x00) are always
|
|
considered an invalid character to be replaced (or omitted).
|
|
The default is ``"[^A-Za-z0-9.-]"``. This matches any character that is not
|
|
a letter, digit, dot, hyphen, or null.
|
|
|
|
- ``hostname-char-replacement`` - a string of zero or more characters
|
|
with which to replace each invalid character in the host name. An empty
|
|
string causes invalid characters to be OMITTED rather than replaced.
|
|
The default is ``""``.
|
|
|
|
The following configuration replaces anything other than a letter,
|
|
digit, dot, or hyphen with the letter "x":
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"hostname-char-set": "[^A-Za-z0-9.-]",
|
|
"hostname-char-replacement": "x",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Thus, a client-supplied value of "myhost-$[123.org" would become
|
|
"myhost-xx123.org". Sanitizing is performed only on the portion of the
|
|
name supplied by the client, and it is performed before applying a
|
|
qualifying suffix (if one is defined and needed).
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Name sanitizing is meant to catch the more common cases of invalid
|
|
characters through a relatively simple character-replacement scheme.
|
|
It is difficult to devise a scheme that works well in all cases.
|
|
Administrators who find they have clients with odd corner cases of
|
|
character combinations that cannot be readily handled with this
|
|
mechanism should consider writing a hook that can carry out
|
|
sufficiently complex logic to address their needs.
|
|
|
|
Make sure that the dot, ".", is considered a valid character by the
|
|
``hostname-char-set`` expression, such as this: ``"[^A-Za-z0-9.-]"``.
|
|
When scrubbing FQDNs, dots are treated as delimiters and used to separate
|
|
the option value into individual domain labels that are scrubbed and
|
|
then re-assembled.
|
|
|
|
If clients are sending values that differ only by characters
|
|
considered as invalid by the ``hostname-char-set``, be aware that
|
|
scrubbing them will yield identical values. In such cases, DDNS
|
|
conflict rules will permit only one of them to register the name.
|
|
|
|
Finally, given the latitude clients have in the values they send, it
|
|
is virtually impossible to guarantee that a combination of these two
|
|
parameters will always yield a name that is valid for use in DNS. For
|
|
example, using an empty value for ``hostname-char-replacement`` could
|
|
yield an empty domain label within a name, if that label consists
|
|
only of invalid characters.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
It is possible to specify ``hostname-char-set``
|
|
and/or ``hostname-char-replacement`` at the global scope.
|
|
|
|
The Kea hook library :ischooklib:`libdhcp_ddns_tuning.so` provides the ability
|
|
for both :iscman:`kea-dhcp4` and :iscman:`kea-dhcp6` to generate host names
|
|
procedurally based on an expression, to skip DDNS updates on a per-client basis,
|
|
or to fine-tune various DNS update aspects. Please refer to the :ref:`hooks-ddns-tuning`
|
|
documentation for the configuration options.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-dhcp4o6-config:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6: DHCPv6 Side
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The support of DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 transport is described in `RFC
|
|
7341 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7341>`__ and is implemented using
|
|
cooperating DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers. This section is about the
|
|
configuration of the DHCPv6 side (the DHCPv4 side is described in
|
|
:ref:`dhcp4-dhcp4o6-config`).
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 details of the inter-process communication may change;
|
|
for instance, the support of port relay (RFC 8357) introduced an incompatible
|
|
change.
|
|
Both the DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 sides should be running the same version of Kea.
|
|
|
|
There is only one specific parameter for the DHCPv6 side:
|
|
``dhcp4o6-port``, which specifies the first of the two consecutive ports
|
|
of the UDP sockets used for the communication between the DHCPv6 and
|
|
DHCPv4 servers. The DHCPv6 server is bound to ::1 on ``port`` and
|
|
connected to ::1 on ``port`` + 1.
|
|
|
|
Two other configuration entries are generally required: unicast traffic
|
|
support (see :ref:`dhcp6-unicast`) and the DHCP 4o6
|
|
server address option (name "dhcp4o6-server-addr", code 88).
|
|
|
|
ISC tested the following configuration:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
# DHCPv6 conf
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "eno33554984/2001:db8:1:1::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
"lease-database": {
|
|
"type": "memfile",
|
|
"name": "leases6"
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
"preferred-lifetime": 3000,
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 4000,
|
|
"renew-timer": 1000,
|
|
"rebind-timer": 2000,
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [ {
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1:1::/64",
|
|
"interface": "eno33554984",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1:1::1:0/112" } ]
|
|
} ],
|
|
|
|
"dhcp4o6-port": 786,
|
|
|
|
"option-data": [ {
|
|
"name": "dhcp4o6-server-addr",
|
|
"code": 88,
|
|
"space": "dhcp6",
|
|
"csv-format": true,
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1:1::1"
|
|
} ],
|
|
|
|
|
|
"loggers": [ {
|
|
"name": "kea-dhcp6",
|
|
"output-options": [ {
|
|
"output": "kea-dhcp6.log"
|
|
} ],
|
|
"severity": "DEBUG",
|
|
"debuglevel": 0
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Relayed DHCPv4-QUERY DHCPv6 messages are not supported.
|
|
|
|
.. _sanity-checks6:
|
|
|
|
Sanity Checks in DHCPv6
|
|
-----------------------
|
|
|
|
An important aspect of a well-running DHCP system is an assurance that
|
|
the data remains consistent; however, in some cases it may be convenient
|
|
to tolerate certain inconsistent data. For example, a network
|
|
administrator who temporarily removes a subnet from a configuration
|
|
would not want all the leases associated with it to disappear from the
|
|
lease database. Kea has a mechanism to implement sanity checks for situations
|
|
like this.
|
|
|
|
Kea supports a configuration scope called ``sanity-checks``.
|
|
A parameter, called ``lease-checks``,
|
|
governs the verification carried out when a new lease is loaded from a
|
|
lease file. This mechanism permits Kea to attempt to correct inconsistent data.
|
|
|
|
Every subnet has a ``subnet-id`` value; this is how Kea internally
|
|
identifies subnets. Each lease has a ``subnet-id`` parameter as well, which
|
|
identifies the subnet it belongs to. However, if the configuration has
|
|
changed, it is possible that a lease could exist with a ``subnet-id`` but
|
|
without any subnet that matches it. Also, it is possible that the
|
|
subnet's configuration has changed and the ``subnet-id`` now belongs to a
|
|
subnet that does not match the lease.
|
|
|
|
Kea's corrective algorithm first
|
|
checks to see if there is a subnet with the ``subnet-id`` specified by the
|
|
lease. If there is, it verifies whether the lease belongs to that
|
|
subnet. If not, depending on the ``lease-checks`` setting, the lease is
|
|
discarded, a warning is displayed, or a new subnet is selected for the
|
|
lease that matches it topologically.
|
|
|
|
Since delegated prefixes do not have to belong to a subnet in which
|
|
they are offered, there is no way to implement such a mechanism for IPv6
|
|
prefixes. As such, the mechanism works for IPv6 addresses only.
|
|
|
|
There are five levels which are supported:
|
|
|
|
- ``none`` - do no special checks; accept the lease as is.
|
|
|
|
- ``warn`` - if problems are detected display a warning, but
|
|
accept the lease data anyway. This is the default value.
|
|
|
|
- ``fix`` - if a data inconsistency is discovered, try to
|
|
correct it. If the correction is not successful, insert the incorrect data
|
|
anyway.
|
|
|
|
- ``fix-del`` - if a data inconsistency is discovered, try to
|
|
correct it. If the correction is not successful, reject the lease.
|
|
This setting ensures the data's correctness, but some
|
|
incorrect data may be lost. Use with care.
|
|
|
|
- ``del`` - if any inconsistency is
|
|
detected, reject the lease. This is the strictest mode; use with care.
|
|
|
|
This feature is currently implemented for the memfile backend. The
|
|
sanity check applies to the lease database in memory, not to the lease file,
|
|
i.e. inconsistent leases will stay in the lease file.
|
|
|
|
An example configuration that sets this parameter looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"sanity-checks": {
|
|
"lease-checks": "fix-del"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _store-extended-info-v6:
|
|
|
|
Storing Extended Lease Information
|
|
----------------------------------
|
|
To support such features as DHCPv6 Reconfigure
|
|
(`RFC 3315 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315>`__) and Leasequery
|
|
(`RFC 5007 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5007>`__),
|
|
additional information must be stored with each lease. Because the amount
|
|
of information stored for each lease has ramifications in terms of
|
|
performance and system resource consumption, storage of this additional
|
|
information is configurable through the ``store-extended-info`` parameter.
|
|
It defaults to ``false`` and may be set at the global, shared-network, and
|
|
subnet levels.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"store-extended-info": true,
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
When set to ``true``, information relevant to the DHCPv6 query (e.g. REQUEST, RENEW,
|
|
or REBIND) asking for the lease is added into the lease's ``user-context`` as a
|
|
map element labeled "ISC". Currently, the information contained in the map
|
|
is a list of relays, one for each relay message layer that encloses the
|
|
client query. The lease's
|
|
``user-context`` for a two-hop query might look something like this (shown
|
|
pretty-printed for clarity):
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"ISC": {
|
|
"relay-info": [
|
|
{
|
|
"hop": 3,
|
|
"link": "2001:db8::1",
|
|
"peer": "2001:db8::2"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"hop": 2,
|
|
"link": "2001:db8::3",
|
|
"options": "0x00C800080102030405060708",
|
|
"peer": "2001:db8::4"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"hop": 1,
|
|
"link": "2001:db8::5",
|
|
"options": "0x00250006010203040506003500086464646464646464",
|
|
"remote-id": "010203040506",
|
|
"relay-id": "6464646464646464"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Prior to Kea version 2.3.2, this entry was named ``relays``; remote and relay
|
|
identifier options were not decoded.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
It is possible that other hook libraries are already using
|
|
``user-context``. Enabling ``store-extended-info`` should not interfere with
|
|
any other ``user-context`` content, as long as it does not also use an element
|
|
labeled "ISC". In other words, ``user-context`` is intended to be a flexible
|
|
container serving multiple purposes. As long as no other purpose also
|
|
writes an "ISC" element to ``user-context`` there should not be a conflict.
|
|
|
|
Extended lease information is also subject to configurable sanity checking.
|
|
The parameter in the ``sanity-checks`` scope is named ``extended-info-checks``
|
|
and supports these levels:
|
|
|
|
- ``none`` - do no check nor upgrade. This level should be used only when
|
|
extended info is not used at all or when no badly formatted extended
|
|
info, including using the old format, is expected.
|
|
|
|
- ``fix`` - fix some common inconsistencies and upgrade extended info
|
|
using the old format to the new one. It is the default level and is
|
|
convenient when the Leasequery hook library is not loaded.
|
|
|
|
- ``strict`` - fix all inconsistencies which have an impact on the (Bulk)
|
|
Leasequery hook library.
|
|
|
|
- ``pedantic`` - enforce full conformance to the format produced by the
|
|
Kea code; for instance, no extra entries are allowed with the exception
|
|
of ``comment``.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
This feature is currently implemented only for the memfile
|
|
backend. The sanity check applies to the lease database in memory,
|
|
not to the lease file, i.e. inconsistent leases stay in the lease
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-multi-threading-settings:
|
|
|
|
Multi-Threading Settings
|
|
------------------------
|
|
|
|
The Kea server can be configured to process packets in parallel using multiple
|
|
threads. These settings can be found under the ``multi-threading`` structure and are
|
|
represented by:
|
|
|
|
- ``enable-multi-threading`` - use multiple threads to process packets in
|
|
parallel. The default is ``true``.
|
|
|
|
- ``thread-pool-size`` - specify the number of threads to process packets in
|
|
parallel. It may be set to ``0`` (auto-detect), or any positive number that
|
|
explicitly sets the thread count. The default is ``0``.
|
|
|
|
- ``packet-queue-size`` - specify the size of the queue used by the thread
|
|
pool to process packets. It may be set to ``0`` (unlimited), or any positive
|
|
number that explicitly sets the queue size. The default is ``64``.
|
|
|
|
An example configuration that sets these parameters looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"multi-threading": {
|
|
"enable-multi-threading": true,
|
|
"thread-pool-size": 4,
|
|
"packet-queue-size": 16
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Multi-Threading Settings With Different Database Backends
|
|
---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The Kea DHCPv6 server is benchmarked by ISC to determine which settings
|
|
give the best performance. Although this section describes our results, they are merely
|
|
recommendations and are very dependent on the particular hardware used
|
|
for benchmarking. We strongly advise that administrators run their own performance benchmarks.
|
|
|
|
A full report of performance results for the latest stable Kea version can be found
|
|
`here <https://reports.kea.isc.org/>`_.
|
|
This includes hardware and benchmark scenario descriptions, as well as
|
|
current results.
|
|
|
|
After enabling multi-threading, the number of threads is set by the ``thread-pool-size``
|
|
parameter. Results from our experiments show that the best settings for
|
|
:iscman:`kea-dhcp6` are:
|
|
|
|
- ``thread-pool-size``: 4 when using ``memfile`` for storing leases.
|
|
|
|
- ``thread-pool-size``: 12 or more when using ``mysql`` for storing leases.
|
|
|
|
- ``thread-pool-size``: 6 when using ``postgresql``.
|
|
|
|
Another very important parameter is ``packet-queue-size``; in our benchmarks we
|
|
used it as a multiplier of ``thread-pool-size``. The actual setting strongly depends
|
|
on ``thread-pool-size``.
|
|
|
|
We saw the best results in our benchmarks with the following settings:
|
|
|
|
- ``packet-queue-size``: 150 * ``thread-pool-size`` when using ``memfile`` for
|
|
storing leases; in our case it was 150 * 4 = 600. This means that at any given
|
|
time, up to 600 packets could be queued.
|
|
|
|
- ``packet-queue-size``: 200 * ``thread-pool-size`` when using ``mysql`` for
|
|
storing leases; in our case it was 200 * 12 = 2400. This means that up to
|
|
2400 packets could be queued.
|
|
|
|
- ``packet-queue-size``: 11 * ``thread-pool-size`` when using ``postgresql`` for
|
|
storing leases; in our case it was 11 * 6 = 66.
|
|
|
|
Lease Caching
|
|
-------------
|
|
|
|
Clients that attempt multiple renewals in a short period can cause the server to update
|
|
and write to the database frequently, resulting in a performance impact
|
|
on the server. The cache parameters instruct the DHCP server to avoid
|
|
updating leases too frequently, thus avoiding this behavior. Instead,
|
|
the server assigns the same lease (i.e. reuses it) with no
|
|
modifications except for CLTT (Client Last Transmission Time), which
|
|
does not require disk operations.
|
|
|
|
The two parameters are the ``cache-threshold`` double and the
|
|
``cache-max-age`` integer. These parameters can be configured
|
|
at the global, shared-network, and subnet levels. The subnet level has
|
|
precedence over the shared-network level, while the global level is used
|
|
as a last resort. For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1:1::1:0/112" } ],
|
|
"cache-threshold": .25,
|
|
"cache-max-age": 600,
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 2000,
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note:
|
|
|
|
Beginning with Kea 2.7.8, the default value for ``cache-threshold`` is
|
|
0.25 while ``cache-max-age`` is left unspecified. This means that lease
|
|
caching is enabled by default. It may be disabled at the desired scope
|
|
either by setting ``cache-threshold`` to 0.0 or setting ``cache-max-age``
|
|
to 0.
|
|
|
|
When an already-assigned lease can fulfill a client query:
|
|
|
|
- any important change, e.g. for DDNS parameter, hostname, or
|
|
preferred or valid lifetime reduction, makes the lease not reusable.
|
|
|
|
- lease age, i.e. the difference between the creation or last modification
|
|
time and the current time, is computed (elapsed duration).
|
|
|
|
- if ``cache-max-age`` is explicitly configured, it is compared with the lease age;
|
|
leases that are too old are not reusable. This means that the value 0
|
|
for ``cache-max-age`` disables the lease cache feature.
|
|
|
|
- if ``cache-threshold`` is explicitly configured and is between 0.0 and 1.0,
|
|
it expresses the percentage of the lease valid lifetime which is
|
|
allowed for the lease age. Values below and including 0.0 and
|
|
values greater than 1.0 disable the lease cache feature.
|
|
|
|
In our example, a lease with a valid lifetime of 2000 seconds can be
|
|
reused if it was committed less than 500 seconds ago. With a lifetime
|
|
of 3000 seconds, a maximum age of 600 seconds applies.
|
|
|
|
In outbound client responses (e.g. DHCPV6_REPLY messages), the used
|
|
preferred and valid lifetimes are the reusable values, i.e. the
|
|
expiration dates do not change.
|
|
|
|
.. _host-reservation-v6:
|
|
|
|
Host Reservations in DHCPv6
|
|
===========================
|
|
|
|
There are many cases where it is useful to provide a configuration on a
|
|
per-host basis. The most obvious one is to reserve a specific, static
|
|
IPv6 address or/and prefix for exclusive use by a given client (host);
|
|
the returning client receives the same address and/or prefix every time,
|
|
and other clients will never get that address. Host
|
|
reservations are also convenient when a host has specific requirements,
|
|
e.g. a printer that needs additional DHCP options or a cable modem that
|
|
needs specific parameters. Yet another possible use case is to define
|
|
unique names for hosts.
|
|
|
|
There may be cases when a new reservation has been made for a
|
|
client for an address or prefix currently in use by another client. We
|
|
call this situation a "conflict." These conflicts get resolved
|
|
automatically over time, as described in subsequent sections. Once a
|
|
conflict is resolved, the correct client will receive the reserved
|
|
configuration when it renews.
|
|
|
|
Host reservations are defined as parameters for each subnet. Each host
|
|
must be identified by either DUID or its hardware/MAC address; see
|
|
:ref:`mac-in-dhcpv6` for details. There
|
|
is an optional ``reservations`` array in the ``subnet6`` structure; each
|
|
element in that array is a structure that holds information about reservations for a
|
|
single host. In particular, the structure has an identifier that
|
|
uniquely identifies a host. In the DHCPv6 context, the identifier is
|
|
usually a DUID, but it can also be a hardware or MAC address. One or more
|
|
addresses or prefixes may also be specified, and it is possible to
|
|
specify a hostname and DHCPv6 options for a given host.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The reserved address must be within the subnet.
|
|
This does not apply to reserved prefixes.
|
|
|
|
The following example shows how to reserve addresses and prefixes for
|
|
specific hosts:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::/80" } ],
|
|
"pd-pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"prefix": "2001:db8:1:8000::",
|
|
"prefix-len": 56,
|
|
"delegated-len": 64
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::100" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "00:01:02:03:04:05",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::101", "2001:db8:1::102" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08:09:0A",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::103" ],
|
|
"prefixes": [ "2001:db8:2:abcd::/64" ],
|
|
"hostname": "foo.example.com"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This example includes reservations for three different clients. The
|
|
first reservation is for the address 2001:db8:1::100, for a client using
|
|
DUID 01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E. The second reservation is for two
|
|
addresses, 2001:db8:1::101 and 2001:db8:1::102, for a client using MAC
|
|
address 00:01:02:03:04:05. Lastly, address 2001:db8:1::103 and prefix
|
|
2001:db8:2:abcd::/64 are reserved for a client using DUID
|
|
01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08:09:0A. The last reservation also assigns a
|
|
hostname to this client.
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 allows a single client to lease multiple addresses and
|
|
multiple prefixes at the same time. Therefore ``ip-addresses`` and
|
|
``prefixes`` are plural and are actually arrays. When the client sends
|
|
multiple IA options (IA_NA or IA_PD), each reserved address or prefix is
|
|
assigned to an individual IA of the appropriate type. If the number of
|
|
IAs of a specific type is lower than the number of reservations of that
|
|
type, the number of reserved addresses or prefixes assigned to the
|
|
client is equal to the number of IA_NAs or IA_PDs sent by the client;
|
|
that is, some reserved addresses or prefixes are not assigned. However,
|
|
they still remain reserved for this client and the server will not
|
|
assign them to any other client. If the number of IAs of a specific type
|
|
sent by the client is greater than the number of reserved addresses or
|
|
prefixes, the server will try to assign all reserved addresses or
|
|
prefixes to the individual IAs and dynamically allocate addresses or
|
|
prefixes to the remaining IAs. If the server cannot assign a reserved
|
|
address or prefix because it is in use, the server will select the next
|
|
reserved address or prefix and try to assign it to the client. If the
|
|
server subsequently finds that there are no more reservations that can
|
|
be assigned to the client at that moment, the server will try to assign
|
|
leases dynamically.
|
|
|
|
Making a reservation for a mobile host that may visit multiple subnets
|
|
requires a separate host definition in each subnet that host is expected to
|
|
visit. It is not possible to define multiple host definitions with the
|
|
same hardware address in a single subnet. Multiple host definitions with
|
|
the same hardware address are valid if each is in a different subnet.
|
|
The reservation for a given host should include only one identifier,
|
|
either DUID or hardware address; defining both for the same host is
|
|
considered a configuration error.
|
|
|
|
Adding host reservations incurs a performance penalty. In principle,
|
|
when a server that does not support host reservation responds to a
|
|
query, it needs to check whether there is a lease for a given address
|
|
being considered for allocation or renewal. The server that does
|
|
support host reservation has to perform additional checks: not only
|
|
whether the address is currently used (i.e., if there is a lease for
|
|
it), but also whether the address could be used by someone else (i.e.,
|
|
if there is a reservation for it). That additional check incurs extra
|
|
overhead.
|
|
|
|
.. _reservation6-types:
|
|
|
|
Address/Prefix Reservation Types
|
|
--------------------------------
|
|
|
|
In a typical Kea scenario there is an IPv6 subnet defined, with a certain
|
|
part of it dedicated for dynamic address allocation by the DHCPv6
|
|
server. There may be an additional address space defined for prefix
|
|
delegation. Those dynamic parts are referred to as dynamic pools,
|
|
address and prefix pools, or simply pools. In principle, a host
|
|
reservation can reserve any address or prefix that belongs to the
|
|
subnet. The reservations that specify addresses that belong to
|
|
configured pools are called "in-pool reservations." In contrast, those
|
|
that do not belong to dynamic pools are called "out-of-pool
|
|
reservations." There is no formal difference in the reservation syntax
|
|
and both reservation types are handled uniformly.
|
|
|
|
Kea supports global host reservations. These are reservations that are
|
|
specified at the global level within the configuration and that do not
|
|
belong to any specific subnet. Kea still matches inbound client
|
|
packets to a subnet as before, but when the subnet's reservation mode is
|
|
set to "global", Kea looks for host reservations only among the
|
|
global reservations defined. Typically, such reservations would be used
|
|
to reserve hostnames for clients which may move from one subnet to
|
|
another.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Global reservations, while useful in certain circumstances, have aspects
|
|
that must be given due consideration when using them. Please see
|
|
:ref:`reservation6-conflict` for more details.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Since Kea 1.9.1, reservation mode has been replaced by three
|
|
boolean flags, ``reservations-global``, ``reservations-in-subnet``
|
|
and ``reservations-out-of-pool``, which allow the configuration of
|
|
host reservations both globally and in a subnet. In such cases a subnet
|
|
host reservation has preference over a global reservation
|
|
when both exist for the same client.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Beginning with Kea 2.7.3, the host reservation syntax supports
|
|
a new entry, ``excluded-prefixes``. It can be used to specify
|
|
prefixes the client should exclude from delegated prefixes.
|
|
When present it must have the same number of elements as the
|
|
``prefixes`` entry. Both entries contain strings representing IPv6
|
|
prefixes. Each element of the ``excluded-prefixes`` must be either
|
|
an empty string or match the prefix at the same position in
|
|
``prefixes``. An empty ``excluded-prefixes`` list or a list with
|
|
only empty strings can be omitted. An example which excludes
|
|
``2001:db8:0:1::/64`` from ``2001:db8::/48`` is shown below:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08:09:0A",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::103" ],
|
|
"prefixes": [ "2001:db8::/48" ],
|
|
"excluded-prefixes": [ "2001:db8:0:1::/64" ],
|
|
"hostname": "foo.example.com"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Since host reservations have precedence over prefix pools, a reserved
|
|
prefix without an excluded prefix will not add a pd-exclude option
|
|
to the prefix option even if the delegated prefix is in a configured
|
|
prefix pool that does specify an excluded prefix (different from
|
|
previous behavior).
|
|
|
|
.. _reservation6-conflict:
|
|
|
|
Conflicts in DHCPv6 Reservations
|
|
--------------------------------
|
|
|
|
As reservations and lease information are stored separately, conflicts
|
|
may arise. Consider the following series of events: the server has
|
|
configured the dynamic pool of addresses from the range of 2001:db8::10
|
|
to 2001:db8::20. Host A requests an address and gets 2001:db8::10. Now
|
|
the system administrator decides to reserve address 2001:db8::10 for
|
|
Host B. In general, reserving an address that is currently assigned to
|
|
someone else is not recommended, but there are valid use cases where
|
|
such an operation is warranted.
|
|
|
|
The server now has a conflict to resolve. If Host B boots up and
|
|
requests an address, the server cannot immediately assign the reserved
|
|
address 2001:db8::10. A naive approach would to be immediately remove
|
|
the lease for Host A and create a new one for Host B. That would not
|
|
solve the problem, though, because as soon as Host B gets the address,
|
|
it will detect that the address is already in use (by Host
|
|
A) and will send a DHCPDECLINE message. Therefore, in this situation,
|
|
the server has to temporarily assign a different address from the
|
|
dynamic pool (not matching what has been reserved) to Host B.
|
|
|
|
When Host A renews its address, the server will discover that the
|
|
address being renewed is now reserved for someone else - Host B.
|
|
The server will remove the lease for 2001:db8::10, select a
|
|
new address, and create a new lease for it. It will send two addresses
|
|
in its response: the old address, with the lifetime set to 0 to explicitly
|
|
indicate that it is no longer valid; and the new address, with a
|
|
non-zero lifetime. When Host B tries to renew its temporarily assigned address,
|
|
the server will detect that the existing lease does not match the
|
|
reservation, so it will release the current address Host B has and will
|
|
create a new lease matching the reservation. As before, the server will
|
|
send two addresses: the temporarily assigned one with a zero lifetime,
|
|
and the new one that matches the reservation with the proper lifetime set.
|
|
|
|
This recovery will succeed, even if other hosts attempt to get the
|
|
reserved address. If Host C requests the address 2001:db8::10 after the
|
|
reservation is made, the server will propose a different address.
|
|
|
|
This recovery mechanism allows the server to fully recover from a case
|
|
where reservations conflict with existing leases; however, this procedure
|
|
takes roughly as long as the value set for ``renew-timer``. The
|
|
best way to avoid such a recovery is not to define new reservations that
|
|
conflict with existing leases. Another recommendation is to use
|
|
out-of-pool reservations; if the reserved address does not belong to a
|
|
pool, there is no way that other clients can get it.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The conflict-resolution mechanism does not work for global
|
|
reservations. Although the global address reservations feature may be useful
|
|
in certain settings, it is generally recommended not to use
|
|
global reservations for addresses. Administrators who do choose
|
|
to use global reservations must manually ensure that the reserved
|
|
addresses are not in dynamic pools.
|
|
|
|
.. _reservation6-hostname:
|
|
|
|
Reserving a Hostname
|
|
--------------------
|
|
|
|
When the reservation for a client includes the ``hostname``, the server
|
|
assigns this hostname to the client and sends it back in the Client
|
|
FQDN option, if the client included the Client FQDN option in its message
|
|
to the server. The reserved hostname always takes precedence over the
|
|
hostname supplied by the client (via the FQDN option) or the autogenerated
|
|
(from the IPv6 address) hostname.
|
|
|
|
The server qualifies the reserved hostname with the value of the
|
|
``ddns-qualifying-suffix`` parameter. For example, the following subnet
|
|
configuration:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::/80" } ],
|
|
"ddns-qualifying-suffix": "example.isc.org.",
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::100" ],
|
|
"hostname": "alice-laptop"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"dhcp-ddns": {
|
|
"enable-updates": true
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
will result the "alice-laptop.example.isc.org." hostname being assigned to
|
|
the client using the DUID "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E". If the
|
|
``ddns-qualifying-suffix`` is not specified, the default (empty) value will
|
|
be used, and in this case the value specified as a ``hostname`` will be
|
|
treated as a fully qualified name. Thus, by leaving the
|
|
``ddns-qualifying-suffix`` empty it is possible to qualify hostnames for
|
|
different clients with different domain names:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::/80" } ],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::100" ],
|
|
"hostname": "mark-desktop.example.org."
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"dhcp-ddns": {
|
|
"enable-updates": true
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The above example results in the assignment of the
|
|
"mark-desktop.example.org." hostname to the client using the DUID
|
|
"01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E".
|
|
|
|
.. _reservation6-options:
|
|
|
|
Including Specific DHCPv6 Options in Reservations
|
|
-------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Kea offers the ability to specify options on a per-host basis. These
|
|
options follow the same rules as any other options. These can be
|
|
standard options (see :ref:`dhcp6-std-options`),
|
|
custom options (see :ref:`dhcp6-custom-options`),
|
|
or vendor-specific options (see :ref:`dhcp6-vendor-opts`). The following
|
|
example demonstrates how standard options can be defined.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:05:06:07:08",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::2" ],
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "3000:1::234"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "nis-servers",
|
|
"data": "3000:1::234"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Vendor-specific options can be reserved in a similar manner:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8::1" ],
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "vendor-opts",
|
|
"data": 4491
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "tftp-servers",
|
|
"space": "vendor-4491",
|
|
"data": "3000:1::234"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Options defined at the host level have the highest priority. In other words,
|
|
if there are options defined with the same type on global, subnet,
|
|
class, and host levels, the host-specific values are used.
|
|
|
|
.. _reservation6-client-classes:
|
|
|
|
Reserving Client Classes in DHCPv6
|
|
----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
:ref:`classification-using-expressions` explains how to configure
|
|
the server to assign classes to a client, based on the content of the
|
|
options that this client sends to the server. Host reservation
|
|
mechanisms also allow for the static assignment of classes to clients.
|
|
The definitions of these classes are placed in the Kea configuration file or
|
|
a database. The following configuration snippet shows how to specify that
|
|
a client belongs to the classes ``reserved-class1`` and ``reserved-class2``. Those
|
|
classes are associated with specific options sent to the clients which belong
|
|
to them.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "reserved-class1",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::50"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "reserved-class2",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "nis-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:1::100"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::/64" } ],
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08",
|
|
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved-class1", "reserved-class2" ]
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In some cases the host reservations can be used in conjunction with client
|
|
classes specified within the Kea configuration. In particular, when a
|
|
host reservation exists for a client within a given subnet, the "KNOWN"
|
|
built-in class is assigned to the client. Conversely, when there is no
|
|
static assignment for the client, the "UNKNOWN" class is assigned to the
|
|
client. Class expressions within the Kea configuration file can
|
|
refer to "KNOWN" or "UNKNOWN" classes using the "member" operator.
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dependent-class",
|
|
"test": "member('KNOWN')",
|
|
"only-in-additional-list": true
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``only-in-additional-list`` parameter is needed here to force evaluation
|
|
of the class after the lease has been allocated and thus the reserved
|
|
class has been also assigned.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The classes specified in non-global host reservations
|
|
are assigned to the processed packet after all classes with the
|
|
``only-in-additional-list`` parameter set to ``false`` have been evaluated.
|
|
This means that these classes must not depend on the
|
|
statically assigned classes from the host reservations. If
|
|
such a dependency is needed, the ``only-in-additional-list`` parameter must
|
|
be set to ``true`` for the dependent classes. Such classes are
|
|
evaluated after the static classes have been assigned to the packet.
|
|
This, however, imposes additional configuration overhead, because
|
|
all classes marked as ``only-in-additional-list`` must be listed in the
|
|
``evaluate-additional-classes`` list for every subnet where they are used.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Client classes specified within the Kea configuration file may
|
|
depend on the classes specified within the global host reservations.
|
|
In such a case the ``only-in-additional-list`` parameter is not needed.
|
|
Refer to the :ref:`pool-selection-with-class-reservations6` and
|
|
:ref:`subnet-selection-with-class-reservations6`
|
|
for specific use cases.
|
|
|
|
.. _reservations6-mysql-pgsql:
|
|
|
|
Storing Host Reservations in MySQL or PostgreSQL
|
|
------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Kea can store host reservations in MySQL or PostgreSQL.
|
|
See :ref:`hosts6-storage` for information on how to
|
|
configure Kea to use reservations stored in MySQL or PostgreSQL.
|
|
Kea provides a dedicated hook for managing reservations in a
|
|
database; section :ref:`hooks-host-cmds` provides detailed information.
|
|
The `Kea wiki
|
|
<https://gitlab.isc.org/isc-projects/kea/wikis/designs/commands#23-host-reservations-hr-management>`__
|
|
provides some examples of how to conduct common host reservation
|
|
operations.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
In Kea, the maximum length of an option specified per-host is
|
|
arbitrarily set to 4096 bytes.
|
|
|
|
.. _reservations6-tuning:
|
|
|
|
Fine-Tuning DHCPv6 Host Reservation
|
|
-----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The host reservation capability introduces additional restrictions for
|
|
the allocation engine (the component of Kea that selects an address for
|
|
a client) during lease selection and renewal. In particular, three major
|
|
checks are necessary. First, when selecting a new lease, it is not
|
|
sufficient for a candidate lease to simply not be in use by another DHCP
|
|
client; it also must not be reserved for another client. Similarly, when
|
|
renewing a lease, an additional check must be performed to see whether
|
|
the address being renewed is reserved for another client. Finally, when
|
|
a host renews an address or a prefix, the server must check whether
|
|
there is a reservation for this host, which would mean the existing (dynamically
|
|
allocated) address should be revoked and the reserved one be used
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
Some of those checks may be unnecessary in certain deployments, and not
|
|
performing them may improve performance. The Kea server provides the
|
|
``reservations-global``, ``reservations-in-subnet`` and
|
|
``reservations-out-of-pool`` configuration parameters to select the types of
|
|
reservations allowed for a particular subnet. Each reservation type has
|
|
different constraints for the checks to be performed by the server when
|
|
allocating or renewing a lease for the client.
|
|
|
|
Configuration flags are:
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-in-subnet`` - when set to ``true``, it enables in-pool host
|
|
reservation types. This setting is the default value, and is the safest and
|
|
most flexible. However, as all checks are conducted, it is also the slowest.
|
|
It does not check against global reservations. This flag defaults to ``true``.
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-out-of-pool`` - when set to ``true``, it allows only out-of-pool
|
|
host reservations. In this case the server assumes that all host reservations
|
|
are for addresses that do not belong to the dynamic pool. Therefore, it can
|
|
skip the reservation checks when dealing with in-pool addresses, thus
|
|
improving performance. Do not use this mode if any reservations use in-pool
|
|
addresses. Caution is advised when using this setting; Kea does not
|
|
sanity-check the reservations against ``reservations-out-of-pool`` and
|
|
misconfiguration may cause problems. This flag defaults to ``false``.
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-global`` - allows global host reservations. With this setting
|
|
in place, the server searches for reservations for a client among the defined
|
|
global reservations. If an address is specified, the server skips the
|
|
reservation checks carried out in other modes, thus improving performance.
|
|
Caution is advised when using this setting; Kea does not sanity-check the
|
|
reservations when ``reservations-global`` is set to ``true``, and
|
|
misconfiguration may cause problems. This flag defaults to ``false``.
|
|
|
|
Note: setting all flags to ``false`` disables host reservation support.
|
|
As there are no reservations, the server skips all checks. Any reservations
|
|
defined are completely ignored. As checks are skipped, the server may operate
|
|
faster in this mode.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea 1.9.1 the ``reservations-global``, ``reservations-in-subnet`` and
|
|
``reservations-out-of-pool`` flags are suported.
|
|
|
|
The ``reservations-global``, ``reservations-in-subnet`` and
|
|
``reservations-out-of-pool`` parameters can be specified at:
|
|
|
|
- global level: ``.Dhcp6["reservations-global"]`` (lowest priority: gets overridden
|
|
by all others)
|
|
|
|
- subnet level: ``.Dhcp6.subnet6[]["reservations-in-subnet"]`` (low priority)
|
|
|
|
- shared-network level: ``.Dhcp6["shared-networks"][]["reservations-out-of-pool"]``
|
|
(high priority)
|
|
|
|
- shared-network subnet-level:
|
|
``.Dhcp6["shared-networks"][].subnet6[]["reservations-out-of-pool"]`` (highest
|
|
priority: overrides all others)
|
|
|
|
To decide which flags to use, the following decision diagram may be useful:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
O
|
|
|
|
|
v
|
|
+-----------------------------+------------------------------+
|
|
| Is per-host configuration needed, such as |
|
|
| reserving specific addresses, |
|
|
| assigning specific options or |
|
|
| assigning packets to specific classes on per-device basis? |
|
|
+-+-----------------+----------------------------------------+
|
|
| |
|
|
no| yes|
|
|
| | +--------------------------------------+
|
|
| | | For all given hosts, |
|
|
+--> "disabled" +-->+ can the reserved resources |
|
|
| be used in all configured subnets? |
|
|
+--------+---------------------------+-+
|
|
| |
|
|
+----------------------------+ |no |yes
|
|
| Is | | |
|
|
| at least one reservation +<--+ "global" <--+
|
|
| used to reserve addresses |
|
|
| or prefixes? |
|
|
+-+------------------------+-+
|
|
| |
|
|
no| yes| +---------------------------+
|
|
| | | Is high leases-per-second |
|
|
+--> "out-of-pool" +-->+ performance or efficient |
|
|
^ | resource usage |
|
|
| | (CPU ticks, RAM usage, |
|
|
| | database roundtrips) |
|
|
| | important to your setup? |
|
|
| +-+----------------+--------+
|
|
| | |
|
|
| yes| no|
|
|
| | |
|
|
| +-------------+ |
|
|
| | |
|
|
| | +----------------------+ |
|
|
| | | Can it be guaranteed | |
|
|
| +-->+ that the reserved | |
|
|
| | addresses/prefixes | |
|
|
| | aren't part of the | |
|
|
| | pools configured | |
|
|
| | in the respective | |
|
|
| | subnet? | |
|
|
| +-+------------------+-+ |
|
|
| | | |
|
|
| yes| no| |
|
|
| | | V
|
|
+----------------+ +--> "in-subnet"
|
|
|
|
An example configuration that disables reservations looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::100"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations-global": false,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
An example configuration using global reservations is shown below:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66",
|
|
"hostname": "host-one"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:99:88:77:66:55:44",
|
|
"hostname": "host-two"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::100"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the reservation flags are:
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-global``: fetch global reservations.
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-in-subnet``: fetch subnet reservations. For a shared network
|
|
this includes all subnet members of the shared network.
|
|
|
|
- ``reservations-out-of-pool``: this makes sense only when the
|
|
``reservations-in-subnet`` flag is ``true``. When ``reservations-out-of-pool``
|
|
is ``true``, the server assumes that all host reservations are for addresses
|
|
that do not belong to the dynamic pool. Therefore, it can skip the reservation
|
|
checks when dealing with in-pool addresses, thus improving performance.
|
|
The server will not assign reserved addresses that are inside the dynamic
|
|
pools to the respective clients. This also means that the addresses matching
|
|
the respective reservations from inside the dynamic pools (if any) can be
|
|
dynamically assigned to any client.
|
|
|
|
The ``disabled`` configuration corresponds to:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": false,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``global``configuration using ``reservations-global`` corresponds to:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The ``out-of-pool`` configuration using ``reservations-out-of-pool`` corresponds to:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": false,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
"reservations-out-of-pool": true
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
And the ``in-subnet`` configuration using ``reservations-in-subnet`` corresponds to:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": false,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
"reservations-out-of-pool": false
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
To activate both ``global`` and ``in-subnet``, the following combination can be used:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
"reservations-out-of-pool": false
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
To activate both ``global`` and ``out-of-pool``, the following combination can
|
|
be used:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
"reservations-out-of-pool": true
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Enabling ``out-of-pool`` and disabling ``in-subnet`` at the same time
|
|
is not recommended because ``out-of-pool`` applies to host reservations in a
|
|
subnet, which are fetched only when the ``in-subnet`` flag is ``true``.
|
|
|
|
The parameter can be specified at the global, subnet, and shared-network
|
|
levels.
|
|
|
|
An example configuration that disables reservations looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"reservations-global": false,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"id": 1
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
An example configuration using global reservations is shown below:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66",
|
|
"hostname": "host-one"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:99:88:77:66:55:44",
|
|
"hostname": "host-two"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false,
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::100"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"id": 1
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
For more details regarding global reservations, see :ref:`global-reservations6`.
|
|
|
|
Another aspect of host reservations is the different types of
|
|
identifiers. Kea currently supports two types of identifiers in DHCPv6:
|
|
hardware address and DUID. This is beneficial from a usability
|
|
perspective; however, there is one drawback. For each incoming packet
|
|
Kea has to extract each identifier type and then query the database
|
|
to see if there is a reservation by this particular identifier. If
|
|
nothing is found, the next identifier is extracted and the next query is
|
|
issued. This process continues until either a reservation is found or
|
|
all identifier types have been checked. Over time, with an increasing
|
|
number of supported identifier types, Kea would become slower and
|
|
slower.
|
|
|
|
To address this problem, a parameter called
|
|
``host-reservation-identifiers`` is available. It takes a list of
|
|
identifier types as a parameter. Kea checks only those identifier
|
|
types enumerated in ``host-reservation-identifiers``. From a performance
|
|
perspective, the number of identifier types should be kept to a minimum,
|
|
ideally one. If the deployment uses several reservation types, please
|
|
enumerate them from most- to least-frequently used, as this increases
|
|
the chances of Kea finding the reservation using the fewest queries. An
|
|
example of a ``host-reservation-identifiers`` configuration looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"host-reservation-identifiers": [ "duid", "hw-address" ],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If not specified, the default value is:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"host-reservation-identifiers": [ "hw-address", "duid" ]
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
As soon as a host reservation is found, the search is stopped;
|
|
when a client has two host reservations using different enabled
|
|
identifier types, the first is always returned and the second
|
|
ignored. This is usually a configuration error.
|
|
In those rare cases when having two reservations for the same host makes sense,
|
|
the one to be used can be specified by ordering the list of
|
|
identifier types in ``host-reservation-identifiers``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. _global-reservations6:
|
|
|
|
Global Reservations in DHCPv6
|
|
-----------------------------
|
|
|
|
In some deployments, such as mobile networks, clients can roam within the network
|
|
and certain parameters must be specified regardless of the client's
|
|
current location. To meet such a need, Kea offers a global reservation
|
|
mechanism. The idea behind it is that regular host
|
|
reservations are tied to specific subnets, by using a specific
|
|
subnet ID. Kea can specify a global reservation that can be used in
|
|
every subnet that has global reservations enabled.
|
|
|
|
This feature can be used to assign certain parameters, such as hostname
|
|
or other dedicated, host-specific options. It can also be used to assign
|
|
addresses or prefixes.
|
|
|
|
An address assigned via global host reservation must be feasible for the
|
|
subnet the server selects for the client. In other words, the address must
|
|
lie within the subnet; otherwise, it is ignored and the server will
|
|
attempt to dynamically allocate an address. If the selected subnet
|
|
belongs to a shared network, the server checks for feasibility against
|
|
the subnet's siblings, selecting the first in-range subnet. If no such
|
|
subnet exists, the server falls back to dynamically allocating the address.
|
|
This does not apply to globally reserved prefixes.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Prior to release 2.3.5, the server did not perform feasibility checks on
|
|
globally reserved addresses, which allowed the server to be configured to
|
|
hand out nonsensical leases for arbitrary address values. Later versions
|
|
of Kea perform these checks.
|
|
|
|
To use global host reservations, a configuration similar to the
|
|
following can be used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
# This specifies global reservations.
|
|
# They will apply to all subnets that
|
|
# have global reservations enabled.
|
|
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff",
|
|
"hostname": "hw-host-dynamic"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "01:02:03:04:05:06",
|
|
"hostname": "hw-host-fixed",
|
|
|
|
# Use of IP addresses in global reservations is risky.
|
|
# If used outside of matching subnet, such as 3001::/64,
|
|
# it will result in a broken configuration being handed
|
|
# to the client.
|
|
"ip-address": "2001:db8:ff::77"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "01:02:03:04:05",
|
|
"hostname": "duid-host"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 600,
|
|
"subnet4": [ {
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
# Specify if the server should look up global reservations.
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
# Specify if the server should look up in-subnet reservations.
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false,
|
|
# Specify if the server can assume that all reserved addresses
|
|
# are out-of-pool. It can be ignored because "reservations-in-subnet"
|
|
# is false.
|
|
# "reservations-out-of-pool": false,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::-2001:db8:1::100" } ]
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
When using database backends, the global host reservations are
|
|
distinguished from regular reservations by using a ``subnet-id`` value of
|
|
0.
|
|
|
|
.. _pool-selection-with-class-reservations6:
|
|
|
|
Pool Selection with Client Class Reservations
|
|
---------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Client classes can be specified both in the Kea configuration file and/or
|
|
via host reservations. The classes specified in the Kea configuration file are
|
|
evaluated immediately after receiving the DHCP packet and therefore can be
|
|
used to influence subnet selection using the ``client-classes`` parameter
|
|
specified in the subnet scope. The classes specified within the host
|
|
reservations are fetched and assigned to the packet after the server has
|
|
already selected a subnet for the client. This means that the client
|
|
class specified within a host reservation cannot be used to influence
|
|
subnet assignment for this client, unless the subnet belongs to a
|
|
shared network. If the subnet belongs to a shared network, the server may
|
|
dynamically change the subnet assignment while trying to allocate a lease.
|
|
If the subnet does not belong to a shared network, once selected, the subnet
|
|
is not changed once selected.
|
|
|
|
If the subnet does not belong to a shared network, it is possible to
|
|
use host-reservation-based client classification to select a pool
|
|
within the subnet as follows:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "reserved_class"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "unreserved_class",
|
|
"test": "not member('reserved_class')"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved_class" ]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::10 - 2001:db8:1::20",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "unreserved_class" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::30 - 2001:db8:1::40",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved_class" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::50 - 2001:db8:1::60"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
``reserved_class`` is declared without the ``test`` parameter because
|
|
it may be only assigned to a client via host reservation mechanism. The
|
|
second class, ``unreserved_class``, is assigned to clients which do not
|
|
belong to ``reserved_class``.
|
|
|
|
The first pool in the subnet is used for clients not having such a reservation.
|
|
The second pool is only used for clients having a reservation for ``reserved_class``.
|
|
The third pool is an unrestricted pool for any clients, comprising of both
|
|
``reserved_class`` clients and ``unreserved_class``.
|
|
|
|
The configuration snippet includes one host reservation which causes the client
|
|
with the MAC address ``aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe`` to be assigned to ``reserved_class``.
|
|
Thus, this client will be given an IP address from the second address pool.
|
|
|
|
Reservations defined on a subnet that belongs to a shared network are not
|
|
visible to an otherwise matching client, so they cannot be used to select pools,
|
|
nor subnets for that matter.
|
|
|
|
.. _subnet-selection-with-class-reservations6:
|
|
|
|
Subnet Selection with Client Class Reservations
|
|
-----------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
There is one specific use case when subnet selection may be influenced by
|
|
client classes specified within host reservations: when the
|
|
client belongs to a shared network. In such a case it is possible to use
|
|
classification to select a subnet within this shared network. Consider the
|
|
following example:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "reserved_class"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "unreserved_class",
|
|
"test": "not member('reserved_class')"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved_class" ]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations-global": true,
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": false,
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "net",
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::10 - 2001:db8:1::20",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "unreserved_class" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::30 - 2001:db8:1::40",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "unreserved_class" ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:2::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:2::10 - 2001:db8:2::20",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved_class" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:2::30 - 2001:db8:2::40",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "reserved_class" ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 3,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:3::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:3::10 - 2001:db8:3::20"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:3::30 - 2001:db8:3::40"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This is similar to the example described in the
|
|
:ref:`pool-selection-with-class-reservations6`. This time, however, there
|
|
are three subnets, of which the first two have a pool associated with a different
|
|
class each.
|
|
|
|
The clients that do not have a reservation for ``reserved_class``
|
|
are assigned an address from the first subnet and when that is filled from
|
|
the third subnet. Clients with a reservation for ``reserved_class`` are assigned
|
|
an address from the second subnet and when that is filled from the third subnet.
|
|
|
|
The subnets must belong to the same shared network.
|
|
|
|
For a subnet to be restricted to a certain class, or skipped, all of the pools
|
|
inside that subnet must be guarded by ``reserved_class`` or ``unreserved_class``
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
In addition, the reservation for the client class must be specified at the
|
|
global scope (global reservation) and ``reservations-global`` must be
|
|
set to ``true``.
|
|
|
|
In the example above, the ``client-classes`` configuration parameter could also
|
|
be specified at the subnet level rather than the pool level, and would yield the
|
|
same effect.
|
|
|
|
If the subnets were defined outside shared networks, and ``client-classes`` were
|
|
specified at the subnet level, then ``early-global-reservations-lookup`` would
|
|
also need to be enabled in order for subnet selection to work.
|
|
|
|
.. _multiple-reservations-same-ip6:
|
|
|
|
Multiple Reservations for the Same IP
|
|
-------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Host reservations were designed to preclude the creation of multiple
|
|
reservations for the same IP address or delegated prefix within a
|
|
particular subnet, to avoid having two different clients
|
|
compete for the same lease. When using the default settings, the server
|
|
returns a configuration error when it finds two or more reservations for
|
|
the same lease within a subnet in the Kea configuration file.
|
|
:ischooklib:`libdhcp_host_cmds.so` returns an error in response to the
|
|
:isccmd:`reservation-add` command when it detects that the reservation exists
|
|
in the database for the lease for which the new reservation is being added.
|
|
|
|
Similar to DHCPv4 (see :ref:`multiple-reservations-same-ip4`), the DHCPv6
|
|
server can also be configured to allow the creation of multiple reservations
|
|
for the same IPv6 address and/or delegated prefix in a given subnet. This
|
|
is supported since Kea release 1.9.1 as an optional mode of operation
|
|
enabled with the ``ip-reservations-unique`` global parameter.
|
|
|
|
``ip-reservations-unique`` is a boolean parameter that defaults to
|
|
``true``, which forbids the specification of more than one reservation
|
|
for the same lease in a given subnet. Setting this parameter to ``false``
|
|
allows such reservations to be created both in the Kea configuration
|
|
file and in the host database backend, via :ischooklib:`libdhcp_host_cmds.so`.
|
|
|
|
Setting ``ip-reservations-unique`` to ``false`` when using memfile, MySQL, or PostgreSQL is supported.
|
|
This setting is not supported when using Host Cache (see :ref:`hooks-host-cache`) or the RADIUS backend
|
|
(see :ref:`hooks-radius`). These reservation backends do not support multiple reservations for the
|
|
same IP; if either of these hooks is loaded and ``ip-reservations-unique`` is set to ``false``, then a
|
|
configuration error is emitted and the server fails to start.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
When ``ip-reservations-unique`` is set to ``true`` (the default value),
|
|
the server ensures that IP reservations are unique for a subnet within
|
|
a single host backend and/or Kea configuration file. It does not
|
|
guarantee that the reservations are unique across multiple backends.
|
|
On server startup, only IP reservations defined in the Kea configuration
|
|
file are checked for uniqueness.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is an example configuration with two reservations for
|
|
the same IPv6 address but different MAC addresses:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"ip-reservations-unique": false,
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "1a:1b:1c:1d:1e:1f",
|
|
"ip-address": "2001:db8:1::11"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"hw-address": "2a:2b:2c:2d:2e:2f",
|
|
"ip-address": "2001:db8:1::11"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
It is possible to control the ``ip-reservations-unique`` parameter via the
|
|
:ref:`dhcp6-cb`. If the new setting of this parameter conflicts with
|
|
the currently used backends (i.e. backends do not support the new setting),
|
|
the new setting is ignored and a warning log message is generated.
|
|
The backends continue to use the default setting, expecting that
|
|
IP reservations are unique within each subnet. To allow the
|
|
creation of non-unique IP reservations, the administrator must remove
|
|
the backends which lack support for them from the configuration file.
|
|
|
|
Administrators must be careful when they have been using multiple
|
|
reservations for the same IP address and/or delegated prefix and later
|
|
decide to return to the default mode in which this is no longer allowed.
|
|
They must make sure that at most one reservation for
|
|
a given IP address or delegated prefix exists within a subnet, prior
|
|
to switching back to the default mode. If such duplicates are left in
|
|
the configuration file, the server reports a configuration error.
|
|
Leaving such reservations in the host databases does not cause
|
|
configuration errors but may lead to lease allocation errors during
|
|
the server's operation, when it unexpectedly finds multiple reservations
|
|
for the same IP address or delegated prefix.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Currently, the Kea server does not verify whether multiple reservations for
|
|
the same IP address and/or delegated prefix exist in
|
|
MySQL and/or PostgreSQL) host databases when ``ip-reservations-unique``
|
|
is updated from ``false`` to ``true``. This may cause issues with
|
|
lease allocations. The administrator must ensure that there is at
|
|
most one reservation for each IP address and/or delegated prefix
|
|
within each subnet, prior to the configuration update.
|
|
|
|
``reservations-lookup-first`` is a boolean parameter which controls whether
|
|
host reservations lookup should be performed before lease lookup. This parameter
|
|
has effect only when multi-threading is disabled. When multi-threading is
|
|
enabled, host reservations lookup is always performed first to avoid lease-lookup
|
|
resource locking. The ``reservations-lookup-first`` parameter defaults to ``false``
|
|
when multi-threading is disabled.
|
|
|
|
.. _host_reservations_as_basic_access_control6:
|
|
|
|
Host Reservations as Basic Access Control
|
|
-----------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
It is possible to define a host reservation that
|
|
contains just an identifier, without any address, options, or values. In some
|
|
deployments this is useful, as the hosts that have a reservation belong to
|
|
the KNOWN class while others do not. This can be used as a basic access control
|
|
mechanism.
|
|
|
|
The following example demonstrates this concept. It indicates a single IPv6 subnet
|
|
and all clients will get an address from it. However, only known clients (those that
|
|
have reservations) will get their default DNS server configured. Empty reservations,
|
|
i.e. reservations that only have the identification criterion, can be
|
|
useful as a way of making the clients known.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "KNOWN",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::1"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
// Clients on this list will be added to the KNOWN class.
|
|
{ "duid": "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E" },
|
|
{ "duid": "02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E:0F" }
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1:1::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This concept can be extended further. A good real-life scenario might be a
|
|
situation where some customers of an ISP have not paid their bills. A new class can be
|
|
defined to use an alternative default DNS server that, instead of giving access
|
|
to the Internet, redirects those customers to a captive portal urging them to bring
|
|
their accounts up to date.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "blocked",
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::2"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
// Clients on this list will be added to the KNOWN class. Some
|
|
// will also be added to the blocked class.
|
|
{ "duid": "01:02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E",
|
|
"client-classes": [ "blocked" ] },
|
|
{ "duid": "02:03:04:05:0A:0B:0C:0D:0E:0F" }
|
|
],
|
|
"reservations-in-subnet": true,
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1:1::/64"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::1"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _shared-network6:
|
|
|
|
Shared Networks in DHCPv6
|
|
=========================
|
|
|
|
DHCP servers use subnet information in two ways. It is used to
|
|
both determine the point of attachment, i.e. where the client is
|
|
connected to the network, and to
|
|
group information pertaining to a specific location in the network.
|
|
Sometimes it is useful to have more than one
|
|
logical IP subnet being deployed on the same physical link.
|
|
Understanding that two or more subnets are used on the same link requires
|
|
additional logic in the DHCP server. This capability is called "shared
|
|
networks" in Kea, and sometimes also
|
|
"shared subnets"; in Microsoft's nomenclature it is called
|
|
"multinet."
|
|
|
|
There are many cases where the shared networks feature is useful; here we explain
|
|
just a handful of the most common ones. The first and by far most common
|
|
use case is an existing IPv4 network that has grown and
|
|
is running out of available
|
|
address space. This is less common in IPv6, but shared networks
|
|
are still useful: for example, with the exhaustion of IPv6-
|
|
delegated prefixes within a subnet, or the desire to
|
|
experiment with an addressing scheme. With the advent of IPv6 deployment
|
|
and a vast address space, many organizations split the address space
|
|
into subnets, deploy it, and then after a while discover that they want
|
|
to split it differently. In the transition period, they want both the old
|
|
and new addressing to be available: thus the need for more than one
|
|
subnet on the same physical link.
|
|
|
|
Finally, the case of cable networks is directly applicable in IPv6.
|
|
There are two types of devices in cable networks: cable modems and the
|
|
end-user devices behind them. It is a common practice to use different
|
|
subnets for cable modems to prevent users from tinkering with them. In
|
|
this case, the distinction is based on the type of device, rather than
|
|
on address-space exhaustion.
|
|
|
|
A client connected to a shared network may be assigned a lease (address
|
|
or prefix) from any of the pools defined within the subnets belonging to
|
|
the shared network. Internally, the server selects one of the subnets
|
|
belonging to a shared network and tries to allocate a lease from this
|
|
subnet. If the server is unable to allocate a lease from the selected
|
|
subnet (e.g., due to pool exhaustion), it uses another subnet from
|
|
the same shared network and tries to allocate a lease from this subnet.
|
|
The server typically allocates all leases
|
|
available in a given subnet before it starts allocating leases from
|
|
other subnets belonging to the same shared network. However, in certain
|
|
situations the client can be allocated a lease from another subnet
|
|
before the pools in the first subnet get exhausted; this sometimes occurs
|
|
when the client provides a hint that belongs to another subnet, or the client has
|
|
reservations in a subnet other than the default.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Deployments should not assume that Kea waits until it has allocated
|
|
all the addresses from the first subnet in a shared network before
|
|
allocating addresses from other subnets.
|
|
|
|
To define a shared network, an additional configuration scope is
|
|
introduced:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
# Name of the shared network. It may be an arbitrary string
|
|
# and it must be unique among all shared networks.
|
|
"name": "ipv6-lab-1",
|
|
|
|
# The subnet selector can be specified on the shared network
|
|
# level. Subnets from this shared network will be selected
|
|
# for clients communicating via relay agent having
|
|
# the specified IP address.
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:2:34::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
# This starts a list of subnets in this shared network.
|
|
# There are two subnets in this example.
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8::1 - 2001:db8::ffff" } ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "3ffe:ffe::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "3ffe:ffe::/64" } ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
# end of shared-networks
|
|
|
|
# It is likely that in the network there will be a mix of regular,
|
|
# "plain" subnets and shared networks. It is perfectly valid
|
|
# to mix them in the same configuration file.
|
|
#
|
|
# This is a regular subnet. It is not part of any shared-network.
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 3,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db9::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db9::/64" } ],
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1:2::1" ]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
As demonstrated in the example, it is possible to mix shared and regular
|
|
("plain") subnets. Each shared network must have a unique name. This is
|
|
similar to the ID for subnets, but gives administrators more
|
|
flexibility. It is used for logging, but also internally for
|
|
identifying shared networks.
|
|
|
|
In principle it makes sense to define only shared networks that consist
|
|
of two or more subnets. However, for testing purposes, an empty subnet
|
|
or a network with just a single subnet is allowed. This
|
|
is not a recommended practice in production networks, as the shared
|
|
network logic requires additional processing and thus lowers the
|
|
server's performance. To avoid unnecessary performance degradation,
|
|
shared subnets should only be defined when required by the deployment.
|
|
|
|
Shared networks provide an ability to specify many parameters in the
|
|
shared network scope that apply to all subnets within it. If
|
|
necessary, it is possible to specify a parameter in the shared-network scope and
|
|
then override its value in the subnet scope. For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "lab-network3",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:2:34::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
|
|
# This applies to all subnets in this shared network, unless
|
|
# values are overridden on subnet scope.
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 600,
|
|
|
|
# This option is made available to all subnets in this shared
|
|
# network.
|
|
"option-data": [ {
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::8888"
|
|
} ],
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::1 - 2001:db8:1::ffff" } ],
|
|
|
|
# This particular subnet uses different values.
|
|
"valid-lifetime": 1200,
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::1:2"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "unicast",
|
|
"data": "2001:abcd::1"
|
|
} ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:2::/48",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:2::1 - 2001:db8:2::ffff" } ],
|
|
|
|
# This subnet does not specify its own valid-lifetime value,
|
|
# so it is inherited from shared network scope.
|
|
"option-data": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8:cafe::1"
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In this example, there is a ``dns-servers`` option defined that is available
|
|
to clients in both subnets in this shared network. Also, the valid
|
|
lifetime is set to 10 minutes (600s). However, the first subnet
|
|
overrides some of the values (the valid lifetime is 20 minutes, there is a different IP
|
|
address for ``dns-servers``), but also adds its own option (the unicast
|
|
address). Assuming a client asking for server unicast and ``dns-servers``
|
|
options is assigned a lease from this subnet, it will get a lease for 20
|
|
minutes and ``dns-servers``, and be allowed to use server unicast at address
|
|
2001:abcd::1. If the same client is assigned to the second subnet, it
|
|
will get a 10-minute lease, a ``dns-servers`` value of 2001:db8:cafe::1, and
|
|
no server unicast.
|
|
|
|
Some parameters must be the same in all subnets in the same shared
|
|
network. This restriction applies to the ``interface`` and
|
|
``rapid-commit`` settings. The most convenient way is to define them on
|
|
the shared-network scope, but they can be specified for each subnet.
|
|
However, each subnet must have the same value.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
There is an inherent ambiguity when using clients that send multiple IA
|
|
options in a single request, and shared-networks whose subnets have
|
|
different values for options and configuration parameters. The server
|
|
sequentially processes IA options in the order that they occur in the
|
|
client's query; if the leases requested in the IA options end up being
|
|
fulfilled from different subnets, which parameters and options should
|
|
apply? Currently, the code uses the values from the last subnet of
|
|
the last IA option fulfilled.
|
|
|
|
We view this largely as a site configuration issue. A shared network
|
|
generally means the same physical link, so services configured by options
|
|
from subnet A should be as easily reachable from subnet B and vice versa.
|
|
There are a number of ways to avoid this situation:
|
|
|
|
- Use the same values for options and parameters for subnets within the shared network.
|
|
- Use subnet selectors or client class guards that ensure that for a single client's query, the same subnet is used for all IA options in that query.
|
|
- Avoid using shared networks with clients that send multiple IA options per query.
|
|
|
|
Local and Relayed Traffic in Shared Networks
|
|
--------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
It is possible to specify an interface name at the shared-network level,
|
|
to tell the server that this specific shared network is reachable
|
|
directly (not via relays) using the local network interface. As all
|
|
subnets in a shared network are expected to be used on the same physical
|
|
link, it is a configuration error to attempt to define a shared network
|
|
using subnets that are reachable over different interfaces. In other
|
|
words, all subnets within the shared network must have the same value
|
|
for the ``interface`` parameter. The following configuration is an example
|
|
of what **NOT** to do:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "office-floor-2",
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8::1 - 2001:db8::ffff" } ],
|
|
"interface": "eth0"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "3ffe:abcd::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "3ffe:abcd::1 - 3ffe:abcd::ffff" } ],
|
|
...
|
|
# Specifying a different interface name is a configuration
|
|
# error. This value should rather be "eth0" or the interface
|
|
# name in the other subnet should be "eth1".
|
|
# "interface": "eth1"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
To minimize the chance of configuration errors, it is often more convenient
|
|
to simply specify the interface name once, at the shared-network level, as
|
|
shown in the example below.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "office-floor-2",
|
|
|
|
# This tells Kea that the whole shared network is reachable over a
|
|
# local interface. This applies to all subnets in this network.
|
|
"interface": "eth0",
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8::1 - 2001:db8::ffff" } ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "3ffe:abcd::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "3ffe:abcd::1 - 3ffe:abcd::ffff" } ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
With relayed traffic, subnets are typically selected using
|
|
the relay agents' addresses. If the subnets are used independently (not
|
|
grouped within a shared network), a different relay
|
|
address can be specified for each of these subnets. When multiple subnets belong to a
|
|
shared network they must be selected via the same relay address and,
|
|
similarly to the case of the local traffic described above, it is a
|
|
configuration error to specify different relay addresses for the respective
|
|
subnets in the shared network. The following configuration is another example
|
|
of what **NOT** to do:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "kakapo",
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/64",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8::1234" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8::1 - 2001:db8::ffff" } ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "3ffe:abcd::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "3ffe:abcd::1 - 3ffe:abcd::ffff" } ],
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
# Specifying a different relay address for this
|
|
# subnet is a configuration error. In this case
|
|
# it should be 2001:db8::1234 or the relay address
|
|
# in the previous subnet should be 3ffe:abcd::cafe.
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "3ffe:abcd::cafe" ]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Again, it is better to specify the relay address at the shared-network
|
|
level; this value will be inherited by all subnets belonging to the
|
|
shared network.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "kakapo",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
# This relay address is inherited by both subnets.
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8::1234" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8::1 - 2001:db8::ffff" } ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "3ffe:abcd::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "3ffe:abcd::1 - 3ffe:abcd::ffff" } ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Even though it is technically possible to configure two (or more) subnets
|
|
within the shared network to use different relay addresses, this will almost
|
|
always lead to a different behavior than what the user would expect. In this
|
|
case, the Kea server will initially select one of the subnets by matching
|
|
the relay address in the client's packet with the subnet's configuration.
|
|
However, it MAY end up using the other subnet (even though it does not match
|
|
the relay address) if the client already has a lease in this subnet or has a
|
|
host reservation in this subnet, or simply if the initially selected subnet has no
|
|
more addresses available. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to always
|
|
specify subnet selectors (interface or relay address) at the shared-network
|
|
level if the subnets belong to a shared network, as it is rarely useful to
|
|
specify them at the subnet level and may lead to the configuration errors
|
|
described above.
|
|
|
|
Client Classification in Shared Networks
|
|
----------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Sometimes it is desirable to segregate clients into specific subnets
|
|
based on certain properties. This mechanism is called client
|
|
classification and is described in :ref:`classify`. Client
|
|
classification can be applied to subnets belonging to shared networks in
|
|
the same way as it is used for subnets specified outside of shared
|
|
networks. It is important to understand how the server selects subnets
|
|
for clients when client classification is in use, to ensure that the
|
|
appropriate subnet is selected for a given client type.
|
|
|
|
If a subnet is associated with a class, only the clients belonging to
|
|
this class can use this subnet. If there are no classes specified for a
|
|
subnet, any client connected to a given shared network can use this
|
|
subnet. A common mistake is to assume that the subnet that includes a client
|
|
class is preferred over subnets without client classes.
|
|
|
|
The ``client-classes`` parameter may be specified at the shared network, subnet,
|
|
and/or pool scopes. If specified for a shared network, clients must belong to at
|
|
least one of the classes specified for that network to be considered for subnets
|
|
within that network. If specified for a subnet, clients must belong to at least
|
|
one of the classes specified for that subnet to be considered for any of that
|
|
subnet's pools or host reservations. If specified for a pool, clients must
|
|
belong to at least one of the classes specified for that pool to be given a
|
|
lease from that pool.
|
|
|
|
.. note:
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.5, ``client-class`` (a single class name) has been replaced
|
|
with ``client-classes`` (a list of one or more class names) and is now
|
|
deprecated. It will still be accepted as input for a time to allow users
|
|
to migrate but will eventually be unsupported.
|
|
|
|
Consider the following example:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "b-devices",
|
|
"test": "option[1234].hex == 0x0002"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "galah",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-address": [ "2001:db8:2:34::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::20 - 2001:db8:1::ff" } ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:3::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:3::20 - 2001:db8:3::ff" } ],
|
|
"client-classes": "b-devices"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If the client belongs to the "b-devices" class (because it includes
|
|
option 1234 with a value of 0x0002), that does not guarantee that the
|
|
subnet 2001:db8:3::/64 will be used (or preferred) for this client. The
|
|
server can use either of the two subnets, because the subnet
|
|
2001:db8:1::/64 is also allowed for this client. The client
|
|
classification used in this case should be perceived as a way to
|
|
restrict access to certain subnets, rather than as a way to express subnet
|
|
preference. For example, if the client does not belong to the "b-devices"
|
|
class, it may only use the subnet 2001:db8:1::/64 and will never use the
|
|
subnet 2001:db8:3::/64.
|
|
|
|
A typical use case for client classification is in a cable network,
|
|
where cable modems should use one subnet and other devices should use
|
|
another subnet within the same shared network. In this case it is
|
|
necessary to apply classification on all subnets. The following example
|
|
defines two classes of devices, and the subnet selection is made based
|
|
on option 1234 values.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"client-classes": [
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
"name": "a-devices",
|
|
"test": "option[1234].hex == 0x0001"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "b-devices",
|
|
"test": "option[1234].hex == 0x0002"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "galah",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:2:34::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::20 - 2001:db8:1::ff" } ],
|
|
"client-classes": [ "a-devices" ]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:3::/64",
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:3::20 - 2001:db8:3::ff" } ],
|
|
"client-classes": [ "b-devices" ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
In this example each class has its own restriction. Only clients that
|
|
belong to class "a-devices" are able to use subnet 2001:db8:1::/64
|
|
and only clients belonging to "b-devices" are able to use subnet
|
|
2001:db8:3::/64. Care should be taken not to define too-restrictive
|
|
classification rules, as clients that are unable to use any subnets will
|
|
be refused service. However, this may be a desired outcome if one wishes
|
|
to provide service only to clients with known properties (e.g. only VoIP
|
|
phones allowed on a given link).
|
|
|
|
It is possible to achieve an effect similar to the one
|
|
presented in this section without the use of shared networks. If the
|
|
subnets are placed in the global subnets scope, rather than in the
|
|
shared network, the server will still use classification rules to pick
|
|
the right subnet for a given class of devices. The major benefit of
|
|
placing subnets within the shared network is that common parameters for
|
|
the logically grouped subnets can be specified once, in the shared
|
|
network scope, e.g. the ``interface`` or ``relay`` parameter. All subnets
|
|
belonging to this shared network will inherit those parameters.
|
|
|
|
Host Reservations in Shared Networks
|
|
------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Subnets that are part of a shared network allow host reservations,
|
|
similar to regular subnets:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"shared-networks": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "frog",
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:2:34::1" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"id": 100,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:1::1 - 2001:db8:1::64" } ],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:1::28" ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:3::/64",
|
|
"id": 101,
|
|
"pools": [ { "pool": "2001:db8:3::1 - 2001:db8:3::64" } ],
|
|
"reservations": [
|
|
{
|
|
"duid": "00:03:00:01:aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff",
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "2001:db8:2::28" ]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is worth noting that Kea conducts additional checks when processing a
|
|
packet if shared networks are defined. First, instead of simply checking
|
|
whether there is a reservation for a given client in its initially
|
|
selected subnet, Kea looks through all subnets in a shared network for a
|
|
reservation. This is one of the reasons why defining a shared network
|
|
may impact performance. If there is a reservation for a client in any
|
|
subnet, that particular subnet is picked for the client. Although
|
|
it is technically not an error, it is considered bad practice to define
|
|
reservations for the same host in multiple subnets belonging to the same
|
|
shared network.
|
|
|
|
While not strictly mandatory, it is strongly recommended to use explicit
|
|
"id" values for subnets if database storage will be used for host
|
|
reservations. If an ID is not specified, the values for it are
|
|
auto generated, i.e. Kea assigns increasing integer values starting from
|
|
1. Thus, the auto-generated IDs are not stable across configuration
|
|
changes.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-serverid:
|
|
|
|
Server Identifier in DHCPv6
|
|
===========================
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 protocol uses a "server identifier" (also known as a DUID) to
|
|
allow clients to discriminate between several servers present on the
|
|
same link. `RFC 8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__ currently
|
|
defines four DUID types: DUID-LLT, DUID-EN, DUID-LL, and DUID-UUID.
|
|
|
|
The Kea DHCPv6 server generates a server identifier once, upon the first
|
|
startup, and stores it in a file. This identifier is not modified across
|
|
restarts of the server and so is a stable identifier.
|
|
|
|
Kea follows the recommendation from `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__ to use DUID-LLT as the
|
|
default server identifier. However, ISC has received reports that some
|
|
deployments require different DUID types, and that there is a need to
|
|
administratively select both the DUID type and/or its contents.
|
|
|
|
The server identifier can be configured using parameters within the
|
|
``server-id`` map element in the global scope of the Kea configuration
|
|
file. The following example demonstrates how to select DUID-EN as a
|
|
server identifier:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "EN"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Currently supported values for the ``type`` parameter are: "LLT", "EN", and
|
|
"LL", for DUID-LLT, DUID-EN, and DUID-LL respectively.
|
|
|
|
When a new DUID type is selected, the server generates its value and
|
|
replaces any existing DUID in the file. The server then uses the new
|
|
server identifier in all future interactions with clients.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
If the new server identifier is created after some clients have
|
|
obtained their leases, the clients using the old identifier are not
|
|
able to renew their leases; the server will ignore messages containing
|
|
the old server identifier. Clients will continue sending RENEW until
|
|
they transition to the rebinding state. In this state, they will
|
|
start sending REBIND messages to the multicast address without a
|
|
server identifier. The server will respond to the REBIND messages
|
|
with a new server identifier, and the clients will associate the new
|
|
server identifier with their leases. Although the clients will be
|
|
able to keep their leases and will eventually learn the new server
|
|
identifier, this will be at the cost of an increased number of
|
|
renewals and multicast traffic due to a need to rebind. Therefore, it
|
|
is recommended that modification of the server-identifier type and
|
|
value be avoided if the server has already assigned leases and these
|
|
leases are still valid.
|
|
|
|
There are cases when an administrator needs to explicitly specify a DUID
|
|
value rather than allow the server to generate it. The following example
|
|
demonstrates how to explicitly set all components of a DUID-LLT.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "LLT",
|
|
"htype": 8,
|
|
"identifier": "A65DC7410F05",
|
|
"time": 2518920166
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
where:
|
|
|
|
- ``htype`` is a 16-bit unsigned value specifying hardware type,
|
|
|
|
- ``identifier`` is a link-layer address, specified as a string of
|
|
hexadecimal digits, and
|
|
|
|
- ``time`` is a 32-bit unsigned time value.
|
|
|
|
The hexadecimal representation of the DUID generated as a result of the
|
|
configuration specified above is:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
00:01:00:08:96:23:AB:E6:A6:5D:C7:41:0F:05
|
|
|type |htype| time | identifier |
|
|
|
|
A special value of "0" for ``htype`` and ``time`` is allowed, which indicates
|
|
that the server should use ANY value for these components. If the server
|
|
already uses a DUID-LLT, it will use the values from this DUID; if the
|
|
server uses a DUID of a different type or does not yet use any DUID, it
|
|
will generate these values. Similarly, if the ``identifier`` is assigned
|
|
an empty string, the value of the ``identifier`` will be generated. Omitting
|
|
any of these parameters is equivalent to setting them to those special
|
|
values.
|
|
|
|
For example, the following configuration:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "LLT",
|
|
"htype": 0,
|
|
"identifier": "",
|
|
"time": 2518920166
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
indicates that the server should use ANY link-layer address and hardware
|
|
type. If the server is already using DUID-LLT, it will use the
|
|
link-layer address and hardware type from the existing DUID. If the
|
|
server is not yet using any DUID, it will use the link-layer address and
|
|
hardware type from one of the available network interfaces. The server
|
|
will use an explicit value of time; if it is different than a time value
|
|
present in the currently used DUID, that value will be replaced,
|
|
effectively modifying the current server identifier.
|
|
|
|
The following example demonstrates an explicit configuration of a
|
|
DUID-EN:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "EN",
|
|
"enterprise-id": 2495,
|
|
"identifier": "87ABEF7A5BB545"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
where:
|
|
|
|
- ``enterprise-id`` is a 32-bit unsigned value holding an enterprise
|
|
number, and
|
|
|
|
- ``identifier`` is a variable- length identifier within DUID-EN.
|
|
|
|
The hexadecimal representation of the DUID-EN created according to the
|
|
configuration above is:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
00:02:00:00:09:BF:87:AB:EF:7A:5B:B5:45
|
|
|type | ent-id | identifier |
|
|
|
|
As in the case of the DUID-LLT, special values can be used for the
|
|
configuration of the DUID-EN. If the ``enterprise-id`` is "0", the server
|
|
will use a value from the existing DUID-EN. If the server is not using
|
|
any DUID or the existing DUID has a different type, the ISC enterprise
|
|
ID will be used. When an empty string is entered for ``identifier``, the
|
|
identifier from the existing DUID-EN will be used. If the server is not
|
|
using any DUID-EN, a new 6-byte-long ``identifier`` will be generated.
|
|
|
|
DUID-LL is configured in the same way as DUID-LLT except that the
|
|
``time`` parameter has no effect for DUID-LL, because this DUID type
|
|
only comprises a hardware type and link-layer address. The following
|
|
example demonstrates how to configure DUID-LL:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "LL",
|
|
"htype": 8,
|
|
"identifier": "A65DC7410F05"
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
which will result in the following server identifier:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
00:03:00:08:A6:5D:C7:41:0F:05
|
|
|type |htype| identifier |
|
|
|
|
The server stores the generated server identifier in the following
|
|
location: ``"[kea-install-dir]/var/lib/kea/kea-dhcp6-serverid"``.
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.9, this path may be overridden at startup by setting the
|
|
environment variable ``KEA_DHCP_DATA_DIR`` to the desired path.
|
|
|
|
In some uncommon deployments where no stable storage is available, the
|
|
server should be configured not to try to store the server identifier.
|
|
This choice is controlled by the value of the ``persist`` boolean
|
|
parameter:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-id": {
|
|
"type": "EN",
|
|
"enterprise-id": 2495,
|
|
"identifier": "87ABEF7A5BB545",
|
|
"persist": false
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The default value of the ``persist`` parameter is ``true``, which
|
|
configures the server to store the server identifier on a disk.
|
|
|
|
In the example above, the server is configured not to store the
|
|
generated server identifier on a disk. But if the server identifier is
|
|
not modified in the configuration, the same value is used after
|
|
server restart, because the entire server identifier is explicitly
|
|
specified in the configuration.
|
|
|
|
.. _data-directory:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Data Directory
|
|
=====================
|
|
|
|
The Kea DHCPv6 server puts the server identifier file and the default
|
|
memory lease file into its data directory. By default this directory is
|
|
``"[kea-install-dir]/var/lib/kea"`` but this location can be changed
|
|
using the ``data-directory`` global parameter, as in:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"data-directory": "/var/lib/kea/kea-server6",
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.9, ``data-directory`` is deprecated. The duid and lease
|
|
files may only be loaded from the directory determined at
|
|
compilation: ``"[kea-install-dir]/var/lib/kea"``. This path may be
|
|
overridden at startup by setting the environment variable
|
|
``KEA_DHCP_DATA_DIR`` to the desired path. If a path other than
|
|
this value is used in ``data-directory``, Kea will emit an error and
|
|
refuse to start or, if already running, log an unrecoverable error.
|
|
|
|
.. _stateless-dhcp6:
|
|
|
|
Stateless DHCPv6 (INFORMATION-REQUEST Message)
|
|
==============================================
|
|
|
|
Typically DHCPv6 is used to assign both addresses and options. These
|
|
assignments (leases) have a state that changes over time, hence their
|
|
description as "stateful." DHCPv6 also supports a "stateless" mode, where clients
|
|
request only configuration options. This mode is considered lightweight
|
|
from the server perspective, as it does not require any state tracking.
|
|
|
|
The Kea server supports stateless mode. When clients send
|
|
INFORMATION-REQUEST messages, the server sends back answers with the
|
|
requested options, if they are available in the server
|
|
configuration. The server attempts to use per-subnet options first; if
|
|
that fails, it then tries to provide options
|
|
defined in the global scope.
|
|
|
|
Stateless and stateful mode can be used together. No special
|
|
configuration directives are required to handle this; simply use the
|
|
configuration for stateful clients and the stateless clients will get
|
|
only the options they requested.
|
|
|
|
It is possible to run a server that provides only options and no addresses or
|
|
prefixes. If the options have the same value in each subnet, the
|
|
configuration can define the required options in the global scope and skip
|
|
subnet definitions altogether. Here's a simple example of such a
|
|
configuration:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"interfaces-config": {
|
|
"interfaces": [ "ethX" ]
|
|
},
|
|
"option-data": [ {
|
|
"name": "dns-servers",
|
|
"data": "2001:db8::1, 2001:db8::2"
|
|
} ],
|
|
"lease-database": {
|
|
"type": "memfile"
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This very simple configuration provides DNS server information to
|
|
all clients in the network, regardless of their location. The
|
|
memfile lease database must be specified, as Kea
|
|
requires a lease database to be specified even if it is not used.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-rfc7550:
|
|
|
|
Support for RFC 7550 (now part of RFC 8415)
|
|
===========================================
|
|
|
|
`RFC 7550 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7550>`__ introduced some
|
|
changes to the previous DHCPv6 specifications, `RFC
|
|
3315 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315>`__ and `RFC
|
|
3633 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3633>`__, to resolve issues
|
|
with the coexistence of multiple stateful options in the messages sent
|
|
between clients and servers. Those changes were later included in
|
|
the most recent DHCPv6 protocol specification, `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__, which obsoleted `RFC
|
|
7550 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7550>`__. Kea supports `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__ along with these protocol
|
|
changes, which are briefly described below.
|
|
|
|
When a client, such as a requesting router, requests an allocation of
|
|
both addresses and prefixes during the 4-way (SARR) exchange with the
|
|
server, and the server is not configured to allocate any prefixes but
|
|
can allocate some addresses, it will respond with the IA_NA(s)
|
|
containing allocated addresses and the IA_PD(s) containing the
|
|
NoPrefixAvail status code. According to the updated specifications, if
|
|
the client can operate without prefixes it should accept allocated
|
|
addresses and transition to the "bound" state. When the client
|
|
subsequently sends RENEW/REBIND messages to the server to extend the
|
|
lifetimes of the allocated addresses, according to the T1 and T2 times, and
|
|
if the client is still interested in obtaining prefixes from the server,
|
|
it may also include an IA_PD in the RENEW/REBIND to request allocation
|
|
of the prefixes. If the server still cannot allocate the prefixes, it
|
|
will respond with the IA_PD(s) containing the NoPrefixAvail status code.
|
|
However, if the server can allocate the prefixes, it allocates and
|
|
sends them in the IA_PD(s) to the client. A similar situation occurs when
|
|
the server is unable to allocate addresses for the client but can
|
|
delegate prefixes: the client may request allocation of the addresses
|
|
while renewing the delegated prefixes. Allocating leases for other IA
|
|
types while renewing existing leases is by default supported by the Kea
|
|
DHCPv6 server, and the server provides no configuration mechanisms to
|
|
disable this behavior.
|
|
|
|
The following are the other behaviors first introduced in `RFC
|
|
7550 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7550>`__ (now part of `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__) and supported by the Kea
|
|
DHCPv6 server:
|
|
|
|
- Set T1/T2 timers to the same value for all stateful (IA_NA and IA_PD)
|
|
options to facilitate renewal of all of a client's leases at the same
|
|
time (in a single message exchange).
|
|
|
|
- Place NoAddrsAvail and NoPrefixAvail status codes in the IA_NA and
|
|
IA_PD options in the ADVERTISE message, rather than as the top-level
|
|
options.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-relay-override:
|
|
|
|
Using a Specific Relay Agent for a Subnet
|
|
=========================================
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server follows the same principles as the DHCPv4 server to
|
|
select a subnet for the client, with noticeable differences mainly for
|
|
relays.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
When the selected subnet is a member of a shared network, the
|
|
whole shared network is selected.
|
|
|
|
A relay must have an interface connected to the link on which the
|
|
clients are being configured. Typically the relay has a global IPv6
|
|
address configured on that interface, which belongs to the subnet from
|
|
which the server assigns addresses. Normally, the server is able to
|
|
use the IPv6 address inserted by the relay (in the ``link-addr`` field in
|
|
the RELAY-FORW message) to select the appropriate subnet.
|
|
|
|
However, that is not always the case; the relay address may not match
|
|
the subnet in certain deployments. This usually means that there is more
|
|
than one subnet allocated for a given link. The two most common examples
|
|
of this are long-lasting network renumbering (where both the
|
|
old and new address spaces are still being used) and a cable network. In a
|
|
cable network, both cable modems and the devices behind them are
|
|
physically connected to the same link, yet they use distinct addressing.
|
|
In such a case, the DHCPv6 server needs additional information (the
|
|
value of the ``interface-id`` option or the IPv6 address inserted in the
|
|
``link-addr`` field in the RELAY-FORW message) to properly select an
|
|
appropriate subnet.
|
|
|
|
The following example assumes that there is a subnet 2001:db8:1::/64
|
|
that is accessible via a relay that uses 3000::1 as its IPv6 address.
|
|
The server is able to select this subnet for any incoming packets that
|
|
come from a relay that has an address in the 2001:db8:1::/64 subnet. It also
|
|
selects that subnet for a relay with address 3000::1.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "3000::1" ]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If ``relay`` is specified, the ``ip-addresses`` parameter within it is
|
|
mandatory. The ``ip-addresses`` parameter supports specifying a list of addresses.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-client-class-relay:
|
|
|
|
Segregating IPv6 Clients in a Cable Network
|
|
===========================================
|
|
|
|
In certain cases, it is useful to mix relay address information
|
|
(introduced in :ref:`dhcp6-relay-override`) with client classification (explained
|
|
in :ref:`classify`). One specific example is in a cable network,
|
|
where modems typically get addresses from a different subnet than all
|
|
the devices connected behind them.
|
|
|
|
Let us assume that there is one Cable Modem Termination System (CMTS)
|
|
with one CM MAC (a physical link that modems are connected to). We want
|
|
the modems to get addresses from the 3000::/64 subnet, while everything
|
|
connected behind the modems should get addresses from the 2001:db8:1::/64
|
|
subnet. The CMTS that acts as a relay uses address 3000::1.
|
|
The following configuration can serve that situation:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "3000::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{ "pool": "3000::2 - 3000::ffff" }
|
|
],
|
|
"client-classes": [ "VENDOR_CLASS_docsis3.0" ],
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "3000::1" ]
|
|
}
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"pool": "2001:db8:1::1-2001:db8:1::ffff"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"relay": {
|
|
"ip-addresses": [ "3000::1" ]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _mac-in-dhcpv6:
|
|
|
|
MAC/Hardware Addresses in DHCPv6
|
|
================================
|
|
|
|
MAC/hardware addresses are available in DHCPv4 messages from
|
|
clients, and administrators frequently use that information to perform
|
|
certain tasks like per-host configuration and address reservation for
|
|
specific MAC addresses. Unfortunately, the DHCPv6 protocol does not
|
|
provide any completely reliable way to retrieve that information. To
|
|
mitigate that issue, a number of mechanisms have been implemented in
|
|
Kea. Each of these mechanisms works in certain cases, but may not in
|
|
others. Whether the mechanism works in a particular deployment is
|
|
somewhat dependent on the network topology and the technologies used.
|
|
|
|
Kea allows specification of which of the supported methods should be
|
|
used and in what order, via the ``mac-sources`` parameter. This configuration
|
|
may be considered a fine
|
|
tuning of the DHCP deployment.
|
|
|
|
Here is an example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"mac-sources": [
|
|
"method1",
|
|
"method2",
|
|
"method3",
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
When not specified, a value of "any" is used, which instructs
|
|
the server to attempt to try all the methods in sequence and use the
|
|
value returned by the first one that succeeds. In a typical deployment the default value
|
|
of "any" is sufficient and there is no need to select specific
|
|
methods. Changing the value of this parameter is most useful in
|
|
cases when an administrator wants to disable certain methods; for
|
|
example, if the administrator trusts the network infrastructure more
|
|
than the information provided by the clients themselves, they may prefer
|
|
information provided by the relays over that provided by clients.
|
|
|
|
If specified, ``mac-sources`` must have at least one value.
|
|
|
|
Supported methods are:
|
|
|
|
- ``any`` - this is not an actual method, just a keyword that instructs Kea to
|
|
try all other methods and use the first one that succeeds. This is
|
|
the default operation if no ``mac-sources`` are defined.
|
|
|
|
- ``raw`` - in principle, a DHCPv6 server could use raw sockets to
|
|
receive incoming traffic and extract MAC/hardware address
|
|
information. This is currently not implemented for DHCPv6 and this
|
|
value has no effect.
|
|
|
|
- ``duid`` - DHCPv6 uses DUID identifiers instead of MAC addresses.
|
|
There are currently four DUID types defined, and two of them
|
|
(DUID-LLT, which is the default, and DUID-LL) convey MAC address
|
|
information. Although `RFC 8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__
|
|
forbids it, it is possible to
|
|
parse those DUIDs and extract necessary information from them. This
|
|
method is not completely reliable, as clients may use other DUID
|
|
types, namely DUID-EN or DUID-UUID.
|
|
|
|
- ``ipv6-link-local`` - another possible acquisition method comes from
|
|
the source IPv6 address. In typical usage, clients are sending their
|
|
packets from IPv6 link-local addresses. There is a good chance that
|
|
those addresses are based on EUI-64, which contains a MAC address.
|
|
This method is not completely reliable, as clients may use other
|
|
link-local address types. In particular, privacy extensions, defined
|
|
in `RFC 4941 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4941>`__, do not use MAC
|
|
addresses. Also note that successful extraction requires that the
|
|
address's u-bit must be set to "1" and its g-bit set to "0", indicating
|
|
that it is an interface identifier as per `RFC 2373, section
|
|
2.5.1 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2373#section-2.5.1>`__.
|
|
|
|
- ``client-link-addr-option`` - one extension defined to alleviate
|
|
missing MAC issues is the client link-layer address option, defined
|
|
in `RFC 6939 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6939>`__. This is an
|
|
option that is inserted by a relay and contains information about a
|
|
client's MAC address. This method requires a relay agent that
|
|
supports the option and is configured to insert it. This method is
|
|
useless for directly connected clients. The value ``rfc6939`` is an alias for
|
|
``client-link-addr-option``.
|
|
|
|
- ``remote-id`` - `RFC 4649 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4649>`__
|
|
defines a ``remote-id`` option that is inserted by a relay agent.
|
|
Depending on the relay agent configuration, the inserted option may
|
|
convey the client's MAC address information. The value ``rfc4649``
|
|
is an alias for ``remote-id``.
|
|
|
|
- ``subscriber-id`` - Defined in `RFC 4580 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4580>`__,
|
|
``subscriber-id`` is somewhat similar to ``remote-id``; it is also inserted
|
|
by a relay agent. The value ``rfc4580`` is an alias for
|
|
``subscriber-id``. This method is currently not implemented.
|
|
|
|
- ``docsis-cmts`` - Yet another possible source of MAC address
|
|
information are the DOCSIS options inserted by a CMTS that acts as a
|
|
DHCPv6 relay agent in cable networks. This method attempts to extract
|
|
MAC address information from sub-option 1026 (cm mac) of the
|
|
vendor-specific option with ``vendor-id=4491``. This vendor option is
|
|
extracted from the Relay-forward message, not the original client's
|
|
message.
|
|
|
|
- ``docsis-modem`` - The final possible source of MAC address
|
|
information are the DOCSIS options inserted by the cable modem
|
|
itself. This method attempts to extract MAC address information from
|
|
sub-option 36 (``device-id``) of the vendor-specific option with
|
|
``vendor-id=4491``. This vendor option is extracted from the original
|
|
client's message, not from any relay options.
|
|
|
|
An empty ``mac-sources`` parameter is not allowed. Administrators who do not want to specify it
|
|
should either simply omit the ``mac-sources`` definition or specify it with the
|
|
"any" value, which is the default.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-decline:
|
|
|
|
Duplicate Addresses (DHCPDECLINE Support)
|
|
=========================================
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server is configured with a certain pool of addresses that it
|
|
is expected to hand out to DHCPv6 clients. It is assumed that the server
|
|
is authoritative and has complete jurisdiction over those addresses.
|
|
However, for various reasons such as misconfiguration or a faulty
|
|
client implementation that retains its address beyond the valid
|
|
lifetime, there may be devices connected that use those addresses
|
|
without the server's approval or knowledge.
|
|
|
|
Such an unwelcome event can be detected by legitimate clients (using
|
|
Duplicate Address Detection) and reported to the DHCPv6 server using a
|
|
DHCPDECLINE message. The server does a sanity check (to see whether
|
|
the client declining an address really was supposed to use it), then
|
|
conducts a clean-up operation, and confirms the DHCPDECLINE by sending back a REPLY
|
|
message. Any DNS entries related to that address are removed, the
|
|
event is logged, and hooks are triggered. After that is
|
|
complete, the address is marked as declined (which indicates that
|
|
it is used by an unknown entity and thus not available for assignment)
|
|
and a probation time is set on it. Unless otherwise configured, the
|
|
probation period lasts 24 hours; after that time, the server will
|
|
recover the lease (i.e. put it back into the available state) and the
|
|
address will be available for assignment again. It should be noted that
|
|
if the underlying issue of a misconfigured device is not resolved, the
|
|
duplicate-address scenario will repeat. If reconfigured correctly, this
|
|
mechanism provides an opportunity to recover from such an event
|
|
automatically, without any system administrator intervention.
|
|
|
|
To configure the decline probation period to a value other than the
|
|
default, the following syntax can be used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"decline-probation-period": 3600,
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The parameter is expressed in seconds, so the example above
|
|
instructs the server to recycle declined leases after one hour.
|
|
|
|
There are several statistics and hook points associated with the decline
|
|
handling procedure. The ``lease6_decline`` hook point is triggered after the
|
|
incoming DHCPDECLINE message has been sanitized and the server is about
|
|
to decline the lease. The ``declined-addresses`` statistic is increased
|
|
after the hook returns (both the global and subnet-specific variants). (See
|
|
:ref:`dhcp6-stats` and :ref:`hooks-libraries`
|
|
for more details on DHCPv6 statistics and Kea hook points.)
|
|
|
|
Once the probation time elapses, the declined lease is recovered using
|
|
the standard expired-lease reclamation procedure, with several
|
|
additional steps. In particular, both ``declined-addresses`` statistics
|
|
(global and subnet-specific) are decreased. At the same time,
|
|
``reclaimed-declined-addresses`` statistics (again in two variants, global
|
|
and subnet-specific) are increased.
|
|
|
|
A note about statistics: The Kea server does not decrease the
|
|
``assigned-nas`` statistics when a DHCPDECLINE message is received and
|
|
processed successfully. While technically a declined address is no
|
|
longer assigned, the primary usage of the ``assigned-nas`` statistic
|
|
is to monitor pool utilization. Most people would forget to include
|
|
``declined-addresses`` in the calculation, and would simply use
|
|
``assigned-nas``/``total-nas``. This would cause a bias towards
|
|
under-representing pool utilization. As this has a potential to cause serious
|
|
confusion, ISC decided not to decrease ``assigned-nas`` immediately after
|
|
receiving DHCPDECLINE, but to do it later when Kea recovers the address
|
|
back to the available pool.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-address-registration:
|
|
|
|
Address Registration (RFC 9686 Support)
|
|
=======================================
|
|
|
|
Kea version 2.7.7 introduces the support of self-generated address registration
|
|
as defined in `RFC 9686 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc9686>`__ i.e.
|
|
when a valid ADDR-REG-INFORM (36) message is received a registered lease is
|
|
added or updated and a ADDR-REG-REPLY (37) is sent back to the client.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Even if they share a common lease database with leases in other states,
|
|
registered leases are independent: when a lease in another state already
|
|
exists for an address this address in considered as in use and can't be
|
|
registered. Similarly a registered lease can't change to another
|
|
state, e.g. reclaimation of expired registered leases removes them.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Kea accepts and handles the Option Request option in the ADDR-REG-INFORM
|
|
message (the RFC specifies the client MUST NOT put such option in it).
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
Kea currently only accepts addresses which are "appropriate to the link"
|
|
but not yet "within a prefix delegated to the client" which is not
|
|
compatible with the way the topology is described in the Kea
|
|
configuration.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-stats:
|
|
|
|
Statistics in the DHCPv6 Server
|
|
===============================
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server supports the following statistics:
|
|
|
|
.. tabularcolumns:: |p{0.2\linewidth}|p{0.1\linewidth}|p{0.7\linewidth}|
|
|
|
|
.. table:: DHCPv6 statistics
|
|
:class: longtable
|
|
:widths: 20 10 70
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| Statistic | Data Type | Description |
|
|
+===================================================+================+====================================+
|
|
| pkt6-received | integer | Number of DHCPv6 packets received. |
|
|
| | | This includes all packets: valid, |
|
|
| | | bogus, corrupted, rejected, etc. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is expected to grow |
|
|
| | | rapidly. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-receive-drop | integer | Number of incoming packets that |
|
|
| | | were dropped. The exact reason for |
|
|
| | | dropping packets is logged, but |
|
|
| | | the most common reasons may be that|
|
|
| | | an unacceptable or not-supported |
|
|
| | | packet type is received, direct |
|
|
| | | responses are forbidden, the |
|
|
| | | server ID sent by the client does |
|
|
| | | not match the server's server ID, |
|
|
| | | or the packet is malformed. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-parse-failed | integer | Number of incoming packets that |
|
|
| | | could not be parsed. A non-zero |
|
|
| | | value of this statistic indicates |
|
|
| | | that the server received a |
|
|
| | | malformed or truncated packet. |
|
|
| | | This may indicate problems in the |
|
|
| | | network, faulty clients, faulty |
|
|
| | | relay agents, or a bug in the |
|
|
| | | server. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-solicit-received | integer | Number of SOLICIT packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to grow; its increase |
|
|
| | | means that clients that just |
|
|
| | | booted started their configuration |
|
|
| | | process and their initial packets |
|
|
| | | reached the Kea server. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-advertise-received | integer | Number of ADVERTISE packets |
|
|
| | | received. ADVERTISE packets are |
|
|
| | | sent by the server and the server |
|
|
| | | is never expected to receive them; |
|
|
| | | a non-zero value of this statistic |
|
|
| | | indicates an error occurring in |
|
|
| | | the network. One likely cause |
|
|
| | | would be a misbehaving relay |
|
|
| | | agent that incorrectly forwards |
|
|
| | | ADVERTISE messages towards the |
|
|
| | | server, rather than back to the |
|
|
| | | clients. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-request-received | integer | Number of DHCPREQUEST packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to grow. Its increase |
|
|
| | | means that clients that just |
|
|
| | | booted received the server's |
|
|
| | | response (DHCPADVERTISE) and |
|
|
| | | accepted it, and are now |
|
|
| | | requesting an address |
|
|
| | | (DHCPREQUEST). |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-reply-received | integer | Number of REPLY packets received. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is expected to |
|
|
| | | remain zero at all times, as REPLY |
|
|
| | | packets are sent by the server and |
|
|
| | | the server is never expected to |
|
|
| | | receive them. A non-zero value |
|
|
| | | indicates an error. One likely |
|
|
| | | cause would be a misbehaving relay |
|
|
| | | agent that incorrectly forwards |
|
|
| | | REPLY messages towards the server, |
|
|
| | | rather than back to the clients. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-renew-received | integer | Number of RENEW packets received. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is expected to |
|
|
| | | grow; its increase means that |
|
|
| | | clients received their addresses |
|
|
| | | and prefixes and are trying to |
|
|
| | | renew them. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-rebind-received | integer | Number of REBIND packets received. |
|
|
| | | A non-zero value indicates that |
|
|
| | | clients did not receive responses |
|
|
| | | to their RENEW messages (through |
|
|
| | | the regular lease-renewal |
|
|
| | | mechanism) and are attempting to |
|
|
| | | find any server that is able to |
|
|
| | | take over their leases. It may |
|
|
| | | mean that some servers' REPLY |
|
|
| | | messages never reached the |
|
|
| | | clients. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-release-received | integer | Number of RELEASE packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to grow when a device is |
|
|
| | | being shut down in the network; it |
|
|
| | | indicates that the address or |
|
|
| | | prefix assigned is reported as no |
|
|
| | | longer needed. Note that many |
|
|
| | | devices, especially wireless, do |
|
|
| | | not send RELEASE packets either |
|
|
| | | because of design choices or due to|
|
|
| | | the client moving out of range. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-decline-received | integer | Number of DECLINE packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to remain close to zero. |
|
|
| | | Its increase means that a client |
|
|
| | | leased an address, but discovered |
|
|
| | | that the address is currently used |
|
|
| | | by an unknown device in the |
|
|
| | | network. If this statistic is |
|
|
| | | growing, it may indicate a |
|
|
| | | misconfigured server or devices |
|
|
| | | that have statically assigned |
|
|
| | | conflicting addresses. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-infrequest-received | integer | Number of INFORMATION-REQUEST |
|
|
| | | packets received. This statistic |
|
|
| | | is expected to grow if there are |
|
|
| | | devices that are using stateless |
|
|
| | | DHCPv6. INFORMATION-REQUEST |
|
|
| | | messages are used by clients that |
|
|
| | | request stateless configuration, |
|
|
| | | i.e. options and parameters other |
|
|
| | | than addresses or prefixes. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-dhcpv4-query-received | integer | Number of DHCPv4-QUERY packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to grow if there are |
|
|
| | | devices that are using |
|
|
| | | DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6. DHCPv4-QUERY |
|
|
| | | messages are used by DHCPv4 |
|
|
| | | clients on an IPv6-only line which |
|
|
| | | encapsulates the requests over |
|
|
| | | DHCPv6. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-dhcpv4-response-received | integer | Number of DHCPv4-RESPONSE packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to remain zero at all |
|
|
| | | times, as DHCPv4-RESPONSE packets |
|
|
| | | are sent by the server and the |
|
|
| | | server is never expected to |
|
|
| | | receive them. A non-zero value |
|
|
| | | indicates an error. One likely |
|
|
| | | cause would be a misbehaving relay |
|
|
| | | agent that incorrectly forwards |
|
|
| | | DHCPv4-RESPONSE message towards |
|
|
| | | the server rather than back to the |
|
|
| | | clients. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-addr-reg-inform-received | integer | Number of ADDR-REG-INFORM packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to grow if there are |
|
|
| | | devices that are using address |
|
|
| | | registration. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-addr-reg-reply-received | integer | Number of ADDR-REG-REPLY packets |
|
|
| | | received. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | expected to remain zero at all |
|
|
| | | times, as ADDR-REG-REPLY packets |
|
|
| | | are sent by the server and the |
|
|
| | | server is never expected to |
|
|
| | | receive them. A non-zero value |
|
|
| | | indicates an error. One likely |
|
|
| | | cause would be a misbehaving relay |
|
|
| | | agent that incorrectly forwards |
|
|
| | | ADDR-REG-REPLY message towards the |
|
|
| | | server rather than back to the |
|
|
| | | clients. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-unknown-received | integer | Number of packets received of an |
|
|
| | | unknown type. A non-zero value of |
|
|
| | | this statistic indicates that the |
|
|
| | | server received a packet that it |
|
|
| | | was unable to recognize; either it |
|
|
| | | had an unsupported type or was |
|
|
| | | possibly malformed. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-sent | integer | Number of DHCPv6 packets sent. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is expected to grow |
|
|
| | | every time the server transmits a |
|
|
| | | packet. In general, it should |
|
|
| | | roughly match ``pkt6-received``, as|
|
|
| | | most incoming packets cause the |
|
|
| | | server to respond. There are |
|
|
| | | exceptions (e.g. a server receiving|
|
|
| | | a REQUEST with server ID matching |
|
|
| | | another server), so do not worry |
|
|
| | | if it is less than |
|
|
| | | ``pkt6-received``. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-advertise-sent | integer | Number of ADVERTISE packets sent. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is expected to grow |
|
|
| | | in most cases after a SOLICIT is |
|
|
| | | processed. There are certain |
|
|
| | | uncommon but valid cases where |
|
|
| | | incoming SOLICIT packets are |
|
|
| | | dropped, but in general this |
|
|
| | | statistic is expected to be close |
|
|
| | | to ``pkt6-solicit-received``. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-reply-sent | integer | Number of REPLY packets sent. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is expected to grow in |
|
|
| | | most cases after a SOLICIT (with |
|
|
| | | rapid-commit), REQUEST, RENEW, |
|
|
| | | REBIND, RELEASE, DECLINE, or |
|
|
| | | INFORMATION-REQUEST is processed. |
|
|
| | | There are certain cases where |
|
|
| | | there is no response. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-dhcpv4-response-sent | integer | Number of DHCPv4-RESPONSE packets |
|
|
| | | sent. This statistic is expected |
|
|
| | | to grow in most cases after a |
|
|
| | | DHCPv4-QUERY is processed. There |
|
|
| | | are certain cases where there is |
|
|
| | | no response. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| pkt6-addr-reg-reply-sent | integer | Number of ADDR-REG-REPLY packets |
|
|
| | | sent. This statistic is expected |
|
|
| | | to grow in most cases after a |
|
|
| | | ADDR-REG-INFORM is processed. |
|
|
| | | There are certain cases where |
|
|
| | | there is n response. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].total-nas | big integer | Total number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | available for DHCPv6 management |
|
|
| | | for a given subnet; in other |
|
|
| | | words, this is the count of all |
|
|
| | | addresses in all configured pools. |
|
|
| | | This statistic changes only during |
|
|
| | | configuration changes. It does not |
|
|
| | | take into account any addresses |
|
|
| | | that may be reserved due to host |
|
|
| | | reservation. The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately, and is reset |
|
|
| | | during a reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].total-nas | big integer | Total number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | available for DHCPv6 management |
|
|
| | | for a given subnet pool; in other |
|
|
| | | words, this is the count of all |
|
|
| | | addresses in configured subnet |
|
|
| | | pool. This statistic changes only |
|
|
| | | during configuration changes. It |
|
|
| | | does not take into account any |
|
|
| | | addresses that may be reserved due |
|
|
| | | to host reservation. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of a |
|
|
| | | given pool. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet pool |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| cumulative-assigned-nas | integer | Cumulative number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | that have been assigned since |
|
|
| | | server startup. It is incremented |
|
|
| | | each time a NA address is assigned |
|
|
| | | and is not reset when the server |
|
|
| | | is reconfigured. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].cumulative-assigned-nas | integer | Cumulative number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | in a given subnet that were |
|
|
| | | assigned. It increases every time |
|
|
| | | a new lease is allocated (as a |
|
|
| | | result of receiving a REQUEST |
|
|
| | | message) and is never decreased. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].cumulative-assigned-nas | integer | Cumulative number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | in a given subnet pool that were |
|
|
| | | assigned. It increases every time |
|
|
| | | a new lease is allocated (as a |
|
|
| | | result of receiving a REQUEST |
|
|
| | | message) and is never decreased. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. The *pid* is the |
|
|
| | | pool ID of a given pool. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet pool separately, and is |
|
|
| | | reset during a reconfiguration |
|
|
| | | event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].assigned-nas | integer | Number of NA addresses in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet that are assigned. It |
|
|
| | | increases every time a new lease |
|
|
| | | is allocated (as a result of |
|
|
| | | receiving a REQUEST message) and |
|
|
| | | is decreased every time a lease is |
|
|
| | | released (a RELEASE message is |
|
|
| | | received) or expires. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately, and is reset |
|
|
| | | during a reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].assigned-nas | integer | Number of NA addresses in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet pool that are assigned. It |
|
|
| | | increases every time a new lease |
|
|
| | | is allocated (as a result of |
|
|
| | | receiving a REQUEST message) and |
|
|
| | | is decreased every time a lease is |
|
|
| | | released (a RELEASE message is |
|
|
| | | received) or expires. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of the |
|
|
| | | pool. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet pool separately, |
|
|
| | | and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].total-pds | big integer | Total number of PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | available for DHCPv6 management |
|
|
| | | for a given subnet; in other |
|
|
| | | words, this is the count of all |
|
|
| | | prefixes in all configured pools. |
|
|
| | | This statistic changes only during |
|
|
| | | configuration changes. Note that it|
|
|
| | | does not take into account any |
|
|
| | | prefixes that may be reserved due |
|
|
| | | to host reservation. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately, and is reset |
|
|
| | | during a reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pd-pool[pid].total-pds | big integer | Total number of PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | available for DHCPv6 management |
|
|
| | | for a given subnet pool; in other |
|
|
| | | words, this is the count of all |
|
|
| | | prefixes in a configured subnet |
|
|
| | | PD pool. This statistic changes |
|
|
| | | only during configuration changes. |
|
|
| | | It does not take into account any |
|
|
| | | prefixes that may be reserved due |
|
|
| | | to host reservation. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of a |
|
|
| | | given pool. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet PD pool |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| cumulative-assigned-pds | integer | Cumulative number of PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | that have been assigned since |
|
|
| | | server startup. It is incremented |
|
|
| | | each time a PD prefix is assigned |
|
|
| | | and is not reset when the server |
|
|
| | | is reconfigured. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].cumulative-assigned-pds | integer | Cumulative number of PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | in a given subnet that were |
|
|
| | | assigned. It increases every time |
|
|
| | | a new lease is allocated (as a |
|
|
| | | result of receiving a REQUEST |
|
|
| | | message) and is never decreased. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pd-pool[pid].cumulative-assigned-pds | integer | Cumulative number of PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | in a given subnet PD pool that |
|
|
| | | were assigned. It increases every |
|
|
| | | time a new lease is allocated (as |
|
|
| | | a result of receiving a REQUEST |
|
|
| | | message) and is never decreased. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. The *pid* is the |
|
|
| | | pool ID of a given PD pool. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet PD pool separately, and is |
|
|
| | | reset during a reconfiguration |
|
|
| | | event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].assigned-pds | integer | Number of PD prefixes in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet that are assigned. It |
|
|
| | | increases every time a new lease |
|
|
| | | is allocated (as a result of |
|
|
| | | receiving a REQUEST message) and |
|
|
| | | is decreased every time a lease is |
|
|
| | | released (a RELEASE message is |
|
|
| | | received) or expires. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately, and is reset |
|
|
| | | during a reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pd-pool[pid].assigned-pds | integer | Number of PD prefixes in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet pd-pool that are assigned. |
|
|
| | | It increases every time a new |
|
|
| | | lease is allocated (as a result of |
|
|
| | | receiving a REQUEST message) and |
|
|
| | | is decreased every time a lease is |
|
|
| | | released (a RELEASE message is |
|
|
| | | received) or expires. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of the |
|
|
| | | PD pool. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet PD pool |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| reclaimed-leases | integer | Number of expired leases that have |
|
|
| | | been reclaimed since server |
|
|
| | | startup. It is incremented each |
|
|
| | | time an expired lease is reclaimed |
|
|
| | | (counting both NA and PD |
|
|
| | | reclamations). This statistic |
|
|
| | | never decreases. It can be used as |
|
|
| | | a long-term indicator of how many |
|
|
| | | actual leases have been reclaimed. |
|
|
| | | This is a global statistic that |
|
|
| | | covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].reclaimed-leases | integer | Number of expired leases |
|
|
| | | associated with a given subnet |
|
|
| | | that have been reclaimed since |
|
|
| | | server startup. It is incremented |
|
|
| | | each time an expired lease is |
|
|
| | | reclaimed (counting both NA and PD |
|
|
| | | reclamations). The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].reclaimed-leases | integer | Number of expired NA addresses |
|
|
| | | associated with a given subnet |
|
|
| | | pool that have been reclaimed |
|
|
| | | since server startup. It is |
|
|
| | | incremented each time an expired |
|
|
| | | lease is reclaimed. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of the |
|
|
| | | pool. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet pool separately, |
|
|
| | | and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pd-pool[pid].reclaimed-leases | integer | Number of expired PD prefixes |
|
|
| | | associated with a given subnet |
|
|
| | | PD pool that have been reclaimed |
|
|
| | | since server startup. It is |
|
|
| | | incremented each time an expired |
|
|
| | | lease is reclaimed. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of the |
|
|
| | | PD pool. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet PD pool |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that are |
|
|
| | | currently declined; a count of the |
|
|
| | | number of leases currently |
|
|
| | | unavailable. Once a lease is |
|
|
| | | recovered, this statistic is |
|
|
| | | decreased; ideally, this statistic |
|
|
| | | should be zero. If this statistic |
|
|
| | | is non-zero or increasing, a |
|
|
| | | network administrator should |
|
|
| | | investigate whether there is a |
|
|
| | | misbehaving device in the network. |
|
|
| | | This is a global statistic that |
|
|
| | | covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that are |
|
|
| | | currently declined in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet; a count of the number of |
|
|
| | | leases currently unavailable. Once |
|
|
| | | a lease is recovered, this |
|
|
| | | statistic is decreased; |
|
|
| | | ideally, this statistic should be |
|
|
| | | zero. If this statistic is |
|
|
| | | non-zero or increasing, a network |
|
|
| | | administrator should investigate |
|
|
| | | whether there is a misbehaving |
|
|
| | | device in the network. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that are |
|
|
| | | currently declined in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet pool; a count of the number |
|
|
| | | of leases currently unavailable. |
|
|
| | | Once a lease is recovered, this |
|
|
| | | statistic is decreased; |
|
|
| | | ideally, this statistic should be |
|
|
| | | zero. If this statistic is |
|
|
| | | non-zero or increasing, a network |
|
|
| | | administrator should investigate |
|
|
| | | whether there is a misbehaving |
|
|
| | | device in the network. The *id* is |
|
|
| | | the subnet ID of a given subnet. |
|
|
| | | The *pid* is the pool ID of the |
|
|
| | | pool. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet pool separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| reclaimed-declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that were |
|
|
| | | declined, but have now been |
|
|
| | | recovered. Unlike |
|
|
| | | ``declined-addresses``, this |
|
|
| | | statistic never decreases. It can |
|
|
| | | be used as a long-term indicator of|
|
|
| | | how many actual valid declines were|
|
|
| | | processed and recovered from. This |
|
|
| | | is a global statistic that covers |
|
|
| | | all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].reclaimed-declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that were |
|
|
| | | declined, but have now been |
|
|
| | | recovered. Unlike |
|
|
| | | ``declined-addresses``, this |
|
|
| | | statistic never decreases. It can |
|
|
| | | be used as a long-term indicator of|
|
|
| | | how many actual valid declines were|
|
|
| | | processed and recovered from. The |
|
|
| | | *id* is the subnet ID of a given |
|
|
| | | subnet. This statistic is exposed |
|
|
| | | for each subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].pool[pid].reclaimed-declined-addresses | integer | Number of IPv6 addresses that were |
|
|
| | | declined, but have now been |
|
|
| | | recovered. Unlike |
|
|
| | | ``declined-addresses``, this |
|
|
| | | statistic never decreases. It can |
|
|
| | | be used as a long-term indicator of|
|
|
| | | how many actual valid declines were|
|
|
| | | processed and recovered from. The |
|
|
| | | *id* is the subnet ID of a given |
|
|
| | | subnet. The *pid* is the pool ID |
|
|
| | | of the pool. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet pool |
|
|
| | | separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-allocation-fail | integer | Number of total address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client. |
|
|
| | | This consists of the number of |
|
|
| | | lease allocation attempts that the |
|
|
| | | server made before giving up, if it|
|
|
| | | was unable to use any of the |
|
|
| | | address pools. This is a global |
|
|
| | | statistic that covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-allocation-fail | integer | Number of total address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client. |
|
|
| | | This consists of the number of |
|
|
| | | lease allocation attempts that the |
|
|
| | | server made before giving up, if it|
|
|
| | | was unable to use any of the |
|
|
| | | address pools. The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-allocation-fail-shared-network | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client |
|
|
| | | connected to a shared network. |
|
|
| | | This is a global statistic that |
|
|
| | | covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-allocation-fail-shared-network | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client |
|
|
| | | connected to a shared network. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet |
|
|
| | | separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-allocation-fail-subnet | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client |
|
|
| | | connected to a subnet that does |
|
|
| | | not belong to a shared network. |
|
|
| | | This is a global statistic that |
|
|
| | | covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-allocation-fail-subnet | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures for a particular client |
|
|
| | | connected to a subnet that does |
|
|
| | | not belong to a shared network. |
|
|
| | | The *id* is the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet |
|
|
| | | separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-allocation-fail-no-pools | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures because the server could |
|
|
| | | not use any configured pools for |
|
|
| | | a particular client. It is also |
|
|
| | | possible that all of the subnets |
|
|
| | | from which the server attempted to |
|
|
| | | assign an address lack address |
|
|
| | | pools. In this case, it should be |
|
|
| | | considered misconfiguration if an |
|
|
| | | operator expects that some clients |
|
|
| | | should be assigned dynamic |
|
|
| | | addresses. This is a global |
|
|
| | | statistic that covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-allocation-fail-no-pools | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures because the server could |
|
|
| | | not use any configured pools for |
|
|
| | | a particular client. It is also |
|
|
| | | possible that all of the subnets |
|
|
| | | from which the server attempted to |
|
|
| | | assign an address lack address |
|
|
| | | pools. In this case, it should be |
|
|
| | | considered misconfiguration if an |
|
|
| | | operator expects that some clients |
|
|
| | | should be assigned dynamic |
|
|
| | | addresses. The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-allocation-fail-classes | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures when the client's packet |
|
|
| | | belongs to one or more classes. |
|
|
| | | There may be several reasons why a |
|
|
| | | lease was not assigned: for |
|
|
| | | example, if all pools |
|
|
| | | require packets to belong to |
|
|
| | | certain classes and the incoming |
|
|
| | | packet does not belong to any. |
|
|
| | | Another case where this |
|
|
| | | information may be useful is to |
|
|
| | | indicate that the pool reserved |
|
|
| | | for a given class has run out of |
|
|
| | | addresses. This is a global |
|
|
| | | statistic that covers all subnets. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-allocation-fail-classes | integer | Number of address allocation |
|
|
| | | failures when the client's packet |
|
|
| | | belongs to one or more classes. |
|
|
| | | There may be several reasons why a |
|
|
| | | lease was not assigned: for |
|
|
| | | example, if all pools |
|
|
| | | require packets to belong to |
|
|
| | | certain classes and the incoming |
|
|
| | | packet does not belong to any |
|
|
| | | Another case where this |
|
|
| | | information may be useful is to |
|
|
| | | indicate that the pool reserved |
|
|
| | | for a given class has run out of |
|
|
| | | addresses. The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-ia-na-lease-reuses | integer | Number of times an IA_NA lease had |
|
|
| | | its CLTT increased in memory and |
|
|
| | | its expiration time left unchanged |
|
|
| | | in persistent storage, as part of |
|
|
| | | the lease caching feature. This is |
|
|
| | | referred to as a lease reuse. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is global. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-ia-na-lease-reuses | integer | Number of times an IA_NA lease had |
|
|
| | | its CLTT increased in memory and |
|
|
| | | its expiration time left unchanged |
|
|
| | | in persistent storage, as part of |
|
|
| | | the lease caching feature. This is |
|
|
| | | referred to as a lease reuse. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is on a per-subnet |
|
|
| | | basis. The *id* is the subnet ID |
|
|
| | | of a given subnet. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| v6-ia-pd-lease-reuses | integer | Number of times an IA_PD lease had |
|
|
| | | its CLTT increased in memory and |
|
|
| | | its expiration time left unchanged |
|
|
| | | in persistent storage, as part of |
|
|
| | | the lease caching feature. This is |
|
|
| | | referred to as a lease reuse. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is global. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].v6-ia-pd-lease-reuses | integer | Number of times an IA_PD lease had |
|
|
| | | its CLTT increased in memory and |
|
|
| | | its expiration time left unchanged |
|
|
| | | in persistent storage, as part of |
|
|
| | | the lease caching feature. This is |
|
|
| | | referred to as a lease reuse. |
|
|
| | | This statistic is on a per-subnet |
|
|
| | | basis. The *id* is the subnet ID |
|
|
| | | of a given subnet. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| cumulative-registered | integer | Cumulative number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | that have been registered since |
|
|
| | | server startup. It is incremented |
|
|
| | | each time a NA address is |
|
|
| | | registered and is not reset when |
|
|
| | | the server is reconfigured. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].cumulative-registered | integer | Cumulative number of NA addresses |
|
|
| | | in a given subnet that were |
|
|
| | | registered. It increases every |
|
|
| | | time a new address is registered |
|
|
| | | (as a result of receiving an |
|
|
| | | ADDR-REG-INFORM message) and is |
|
|
| | | never decreased. The *id* is the |
|
|
| | | subnet ID of a given subnet. This |
|
|
| | | statistic is exposed for each |
|
|
| | | subnet separately, and is reset |
|
|
| | | during a reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
| subnet[id].registered | integer | Number of NA addresses in a given |
|
|
| | | subnet that are registered. It |
|
|
| | | increases every time a new address |
|
|
| | | registered (as a result of |
|
|
| | | receiving an ADDR-REG-INFORM |
|
|
| | | message) and is decreased every |
|
|
| | | time a registration expires. The |
|
|
| | | *id* is the the subnet ID of a |
|
|
| | | given subnet. This statistic is |
|
|
| | | exposed for each subnet |
|
|
| | | separately, and is reset during a |
|
|
| | | reconfiguration event. |
|
|
+---------------------------------------------------+----------------+------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The pool ID can be configured on each pool by explicitly setting the ``pool-id``
|
|
parameter in the pool parameter map. If not configured, ``pool-id`` defaults to 0.
|
|
The statistics related to pool ID 0 refer to all the statistics of all the pools
|
|
that have an unconfigured ``pool-id``.
|
|
The pool ID does not need to be unique within the subnet or across subnets.
|
|
The statistics regarding a specific pool ID within a subnet are combined with the
|
|
other statistics of all other pools with the same pool ID in the respective subnet.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
This section describes DHCPv6-specific statistics. For a general
|
|
overview and usage of statistics, see :ref:`stats`.
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server provides two global parameters to control the default sample
|
|
limits of statistics:
|
|
|
|
- ``statistic-default-sample-count`` - determines the default maximum
|
|
number of samples to be kept. The special value of 0
|
|
indicates that a default maximum age should be used.
|
|
|
|
- ``statistic-default-sample-age`` - determines the default maximum
|
|
age, in seconds, of samples to be kept.
|
|
|
|
For instance, to reduce the statistic-keeping overhead, set
|
|
the default maximum sample count to 1 so only one sample is kept:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"statistic-default-sample-count": 1,
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Statistics can be retrieved periodically to gain more insight into Kea operations. One tool that
|
|
leverages that capability is ISC Stork. See :ref:`stork` for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-ctrl-channels:
|
|
|
|
Management API for the DHCPv6 Server
|
|
====================================
|
|
|
|
The management API allows the issuing of specific management commands,
|
|
such as statistics retrieval, reconfiguration, or shutdown. For more
|
|
details, see :ref:`ctrl-channel`. By default there are no sockets
|
|
open; to instruct Kea to open a socket, the following entry in the
|
|
configuration file can be used:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"control-sockets": [
|
|
{
|
|
"socket-type": "unix",
|
|
"socket-name": "/path/to/the/unix/socket"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note:
|
|
|
|
For backward compatibility the ``control-socket`` keyword is still
|
|
recognized by Kea version newer than 2.7.2: a ``control-socket`` entry
|
|
is put into a ``control-sockets`` list by the configuration parser.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-unix-ctrl-channel:
|
|
|
|
UNIX Control Socket
|
|
-------------------
|
|
|
|
Until Kea server 2.7.2 the only supported communication channel type was
|
|
the UNIX stream socket with ``socket-type`` set to ``unix`` and
|
|
``socket-name`` to the file path of the UNIX/LOCAL socket.
|
|
|
|
The length of the path specified by the ``socket-name`` parameter is
|
|
restricted by the maximum length for the UNIX socket name on the administrator's
|
|
operating system, i.e. the size of the ``sun_path`` field in the
|
|
``sockaddr_un`` structure, decreased by 1. This value varies on
|
|
different operating systems, between 91 and 107 characters. Typical
|
|
values are 107 on Linux and 103 on FreeBSD.
|
|
|
|
Kea supports only one ``unix`` control socket in the "control-sockets" list.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
As of Kea 2.7.9, control sockets may only reside in the directory
|
|
determined during compilation as ``"[kea-install-dir]/var/run/kea"``,
|
|
which must also have ``0750`` access rights. This path may be overridden
|
|
at startup by setting the environment variable ``KEA_CONTROL_SOCKET_DIR``
|
|
to the desired path. If a path other than this value is used in
|
|
``socket-name``, Kea will emit an error and refuse to start or, if already
|
|
running, log an unrecoverable error. For ease of use in simply omit the
|
|
path component from ``socket-name``.
|
|
|
|
Communication over the control channel is conducted using JSON
|
|
structures. See the
|
|
`Control Channel section in the Kea Developer's Guide
|
|
<https://reports.kea.isc.org/dev_guide/d2/d96/ctrlSocket.html>`__
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
The DHCPv6 server supports the following operational commands:
|
|
|
|
- :isccmd:`build-report`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-get`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-hash-get`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-reload`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-set`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-test`
|
|
- :isccmd:`config-write`
|
|
- :isccmd:`dhcp-disable`
|
|
- :isccmd:`dhcp-enable`
|
|
- :isccmd:`leases-reclaim`
|
|
- :isccmd:`list-commands`
|
|
- :isccmd:`shutdown`
|
|
- :isccmd:`status-get`
|
|
- :isccmd:`version-get`
|
|
|
|
as described in :ref:`commands-common`. In addition, it supports the
|
|
following statistics-related commands:
|
|
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-get`
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-reset`
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-remove`
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-get`-all
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-reset`-all
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-remove`-all
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-sample-age-set`
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-sample-age-set`-all
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-sample-count-set`
|
|
- :isccmd:`statistic-sample-count-set`-all
|
|
|
|
as described in :ref:`command-stats`.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-http-ctrl-channel:
|
|
|
|
HTTP/HTTPS Control Socket
|
|
-------------------------
|
|
|
|
The ``socket-type`` must be ``http`` or ``https`` (when the type is ``https``
|
|
TLS is required). The ``socket-address`` (default ``::1``) and
|
|
``socket-port`` (default 8000) specify an IP address and port to which
|
|
the HTTP service will be bound.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea 2.7.5 the ``http-headers`` parameter specifies a list of
|
|
extra HTTP headers to add to HTTP responses.
|
|
|
|
The ``trust-anchor``, ``cert-file``, ``key-file``, and ``cert-required``
|
|
parameters specify the TLS setup for HTTP, i.e. HTTPS. If these parameters
|
|
are not specified, HTTP is used. The TLS/HTTPS support in Kea is
|
|
described in :ref:`tls`.
|
|
|
|
Basic HTTP authentication protects
|
|
against unauthorized uses of the control agent by local users. For
|
|
protection against remote attackers, HTTPS and reverse proxy of
|
|
:ref:`agent-secure-connection` provide stronger security.
|
|
|
|
The authentication is described in the ``authentication`` block
|
|
with the mandatory ``type`` parameter, which selects the authentication.
|
|
Currently only the basic HTTP authentication (type basic) is supported.
|
|
|
|
The ``realm`` authentication parameter (default ``kea-dhcpv6-server``
|
|
is used for error messages when the basic HTTP authentication is required
|
|
but the client is not authorized.
|
|
|
|
When the ``clients`` authentication list is configured and not empty,
|
|
basic HTTP authentication is required. Each element of the list
|
|
specifies a user ID and a password. The user ID is mandatory, must
|
|
not be empty, and must not contain the colon (:) character. The
|
|
password is optional; when it is not specified an empty password
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The basic HTTP authentication user ID and password are encoded
|
|
in UTF-8, but the current Kea JSON syntax only supports the Latin-1
|
|
(i.e. 0x00..0xff) Unicode subset.
|
|
|
|
To avoid exposing the user ID and/or the associated
|
|
password, these values can be read from files. The syntax is extended by:
|
|
|
|
- The ``directory`` authentication parameter, which handles the common
|
|
part of file paths. The default value is the empty string.
|
|
|
|
- The ``password-file`` client parameter, which, alongside the ``directory``
|
|
parameter, specifies the path of a file that can contain the password,
|
|
or when no user ID is given, the whole basic HTTP authentication secret.
|
|
|
|
- The ``user-file`` client parameter, which, with the ``directory`` parameter,
|
|
specifies the path of a file where the user ID can be read.
|
|
|
|
Since Kea-2.7.6 Kea supports multiple HTTP/HTTPS connections.
|
|
Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be used.
|
|
The server will issue an error when changing the socket type from HTTP to HTTPS
|
|
or from HTTPS to HTTP using the same address and port. This action is not
|
|
allowed as it might introduce a security issue accidentally caused by a user
|
|
mistake.
|
|
A different address or port must be specified when using the "config-set"
|
|
command to switch from HTTP to HTTPS or from HTTPS to HTTP. The same applies
|
|
when modyfying the configuration file and then running "config-reload" command.
|
|
|
|
When files are used, they are read when the configuration is loaded,
|
|
to detect configuration errors as soon as possible.
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"control-sockets": [
|
|
{
|
|
"socket-type": "https",
|
|
"socket-address": "2010:30:40::50",
|
|
"socket-port": 8005,
|
|
"http-headers": [
|
|
{
|
|
"name": "Strict-Transport-Security",
|
|
"value": "max-age=31536000"
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"trust-anchor": "/path/to/the/ca-cert.pem",
|
|
"cert-file": "/path/to/the/agent-cert.pem",
|
|
"key-file": "/path/to/the/agent-key.pem",
|
|
"cert-required": true,
|
|
"authentication": {
|
|
"type": "basic",
|
|
"realm": "kea-control-agent",
|
|
"clients": [
|
|
{
|
|
"user": "admin",
|
|
"password": "1234"
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"socket-type": "http",
|
|
"socket-address": "10.20.30.40",
|
|
"socket-port": 8005
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
...
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
],
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-user-contexts:
|
|
|
|
User Contexts in IPv6
|
|
=====================
|
|
|
|
Kea allows the loading of hook libraries that can sometimes benefit from
|
|
additional parameters. If such a parameter is specific to the whole
|
|
library, it is typically defined as a parameter for the hook library.
|
|
However, sometimes there is a need to specify parameters that are
|
|
different for each pool.
|
|
|
|
See :ref:`user-context` for additional background regarding the
|
|
user-context idea. See :ref:`user-context-hooks` for a discussion from the
|
|
hooks perspective.
|
|
|
|
User contexts can be specified at global scope; at the shared-network, subnet,
|
|
pool, client-class, option-data, or definition level; and via host
|
|
reservation. One other useful feature is the ability to store comments or
|
|
descriptions.
|
|
|
|
Let's consider an example deployment of lightweight 4over6, an
|
|
IPv6 transition technology that allows mapping IPv6 prefixes into full
|
|
or partial IPv4 addresses. In the DHCP context, these are specific
|
|
parameters that are supposed to be delivered to clients in the form of
|
|
additional options. Values of these options are correlated to delegated
|
|
prefixes, so it is reasonable to keep these parameters together with the
|
|
prefix delegation (PD) pool. On the other hand, lightweight 4over6 is not a commonly used
|
|
feature, so it is not a part of the base Kea code. The solution to this
|
|
problem is to specify a user context. For each PD pool that is expected to be
|
|
used for lightweight 4over6, a user context with extra parameters is
|
|
defined. Those extra parameters will be used by a hook library
|
|
and loaded only when dynamic calculation of the lightweight 4over6
|
|
option is actually needed. An example configuration looks as follows:
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [ {
|
|
"pd-pools": [
|
|
{
|
|
"prefix": "2001:db8::",
|
|
"prefix-len": 56,
|
|
"delegated-len": 64,
|
|
|
|
# This is a pool-specific context.
|
|
"user-context": {
|
|
"threshold-percent": 85,
|
|
"v4-network": "192.168.0.0/16",
|
|
"v4-overflow": "10.0.0.0/16",
|
|
"lw4over6-sharing-ratio": 64,
|
|
"lw4over6-v4-pool": "192.0.2.0/24",
|
|
"lw4over6-sysports-exclude": true,
|
|
"lw4over6-bind-prefix-len": 56
|
|
}
|
|
} ],
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8::/32",
|
|
|
|
# This is a subnet-specific context. Any type of
|
|
# information can be entered here as long as it is valid JSON.
|
|
"user-context": {
|
|
"comment": "Those v4-v6 migration technologies are tricky.",
|
|
"experimental": true,
|
|
"billing-department": 42,
|
|
"contacts": [ "Alice", "Bob" ]
|
|
}
|
|
} ]
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Kea does not interpret or use the user-context information; it simply
|
|
stores it and makes it available to the hook libraries. It is up to each
|
|
hook library to extract that information and use it. The parser
|
|
translates a ``comment`` entry into a user context with the entry, which
|
|
allows a comment to be attached inside the configuration itself.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-std:
|
|
|
|
Supported DHCPv6 Standards
|
|
==========================
|
|
|
|
The following standards are currently supported in Kea:
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6*, `RFC
|
|
3315 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315>`__: Supported messages are
|
|
SOLICIT, ADVERTISE, REQUEST, RELEASE, RENEW, REBIND,
|
|
INFORMATION-REQUEST, CONFIRM, DECLINE and REPLY. The only
|
|
unsupported message is RECONFIGURE. Almost all options are supported,
|
|
except AUTHENTICATION and RECONFIGURE-ACCEPT.
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCPv6) Options for
|
|
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Servers*, `RFC 3319
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3319>`__: All defined options are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *IPv6 Prefix Options for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
|
|
version 6*, `RFC 3633 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3633>`__:
|
|
Supported options are IA_PD and IA_PREFIX. Also supported is the
|
|
status code NoPrefixAvail.
|
|
|
|
- *DNS Configuration options for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6
|
|
(DHCPv6)*, `RFC 3646 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3646>`__: All defined
|
|
options are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Stateless Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Service for IPv6*, `RFC
|
|
3736 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3736>`__: Server operation in
|
|
stateless mode is supported. Kea is currently server-only, so the client side
|
|
is not implemented.
|
|
|
|
- *Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Configuration Option for DHCPv6*, `RFC
|
|
4075 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4075>`__: The SNTP option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Renumbering Requirements for Stateless Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for
|
|
IPv6 (DHCPv6)*, `RFC 4076 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4076>`__: The server
|
|
supports all the stateless renumbering requirements.
|
|
|
|
- *Information Refresh Time Option for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for
|
|
IPv6 (DHCPv6)*, `RFC 4242 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4242>`__: The
|
|
sole defined option (``information-refresh-time``) is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Options for Broadcast and Multicast
|
|
Control Servers*, `RFC 4280 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4280>`__:
|
|
The DHCPv6 options are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) Relay Agent Subscriber-ID
|
|
Option*, `RFC 4580 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4580>`__: The
|
|
subscribed-id option is supported and can be used in any expression.
|
|
|
|
- *The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) Relay
|
|
Agent Remote-ID Option*, `RFC
|
|
4649 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4649>`__: The Remote-ID option is
|
|
supported.
|
|
|
|
- *A DNS Resource Record (RR) for Encoding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
|
|
(DHCP) Information (DHCID RR)*, `RFC 4701 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4701>`__:
|
|
The DHCPv6 server supports DHCID records. The DHCP-DDNS server must be running
|
|
to add, update, and/or delete DHCID records.
|
|
|
|
- *Resolution of Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) Conflicts among Dynamic Host
|
|
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Clients*, `RFC 4703
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4703>`__: The DHCPv6 server uses the DHCP-DDNS
|
|
server to resolve conflicts.
|
|
|
|
- *The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) Client
|
|
Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) Option*, `RFC
|
|
4704 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4704>`__: The supported option is
|
|
CLIENT_FQDN.
|
|
|
|
- *Timezone Options for DHCP*: `RFC 4833 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4833>`__:
|
|
Both DHCPv6 options are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCPv6 Leasequery*: `RFC 5007 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5007>`__: The
|
|
server functionality (message types, options) is supported. This requires
|
|
the leasequery hook. See :ref:`hooks-lease-query` for details.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCP Options for Protocol for Carrying Authentication for Network Access
|
|
(PANA) Authentication Agents*: `RFC 5192 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5192>`__:
|
|
The PANA option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Discovering Location-to-Service Translation (LoST) Servers Using the
|
|
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)*: `RFC 5223
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5223>`__: The LOST option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) Access Controller
|
|
DHCP Option*: `RFC 5417 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5417>`__: The CAPWAP for IPv6
|
|
option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCPv6 Bulk Leasequery*: `RFC 5460 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5460>`__:
|
|
The server functionality (TCP connection, new message types and options, new
|
|
query types) is supported. This requires the leasequery hook. See
|
|
:ref:`hooks-lease-query` for details.
|
|
|
|
- *Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server Option for DHCPv6*:
|
|
`RFC 5908 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5908>`__: The NTP server option and its
|
|
suboptions are supported. See :ref:`ntp-server-suboptions` for details.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCPv6 Options for Network Boot*: `RFC 5970 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5970>`__:
|
|
The network boot options are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent*, `RFC 6221
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6221>`__: Kea can handle lightweight relay
|
|
messages and use other methods than link address to perform subnet selection.
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) Option for
|
|
Dual-Stack Lite*, `RFC 6334 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6334>`__:
|
|
The AFTR-Name DHCPv6 Option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Relay-Supplied DHCP Options*, `RFC
|
|
6422 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6422>`__: The full functionality is
|
|
supported, including OPTION_RSOO; the ability of the server to echo back the
|
|
options; verification of whether an option is RSOO-enabled; and the ability to mark
|
|
additional options as RSOO-enabled.
|
|
|
|
- *The EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) Local Domain Name DHCPv6 Option*,
|
|
`RFC 6440 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6440>`__: The option is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Prefix Exclude Option for DHCPv6-based Prefix Delegation*, `RFC
|
|
6603 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6603>`__: The Prefix Exclude option
|
|
is supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Client Link-Layer Address Option in DHCPv6*, `RFC
|
|
6939 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6939>`__: The supported option is
|
|
the client link-layer address option.
|
|
|
|
- *Modification to Default values of SOL_MAX_RT and INF_MAX_RT*, `RFC 7083
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7083>`__: The new options are
|
|
supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Issues and Recommendations with Multiple Stateful DHCPv6 Options*,
|
|
`RFC 7550 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7550>`__: All
|
|
recommendations related to the DHCPv6 server operation are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCPv6 Options for Configuration of Softwire Address and Port-Mapped
|
|
Clients*, `RFC 7598 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7598>`__: All
|
|
options indicated in this specification are supported by the DHCPv6
|
|
server.
|
|
|
|
- *Generalized UDP Source Port for DHCP Relay*, `RFC 8357
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8357>`__: The Kea server is able
|
|
to handle the Relay Source Port option in a received Relay-forward
|
|
message, remembers the UDP port, and sends back Relay-reply with a
|
|
copy of the option to the relay agent using this UDP port.
|
|
|
|
- *Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)*, `RFC 8415
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__: This new DHCPv6 protocol specification
|
|
obsoletes RFC 3315, RFC 3633, RFC 3736, RFC 4242, RFC 7083, RFC 7283,
|
|
and RFC 7550. All features, with the exception of the RECONFIGURE mechanism and
|
|
the now-deprecated temporary addresses (IA_TA) mechanism, are supported.
|
|
|
|
- *Captive-Portal Identification in DHCP and Router Advertisements (RAs)*, `RFC 8910
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8910>`__: The Kea server can configure both v4
|
|
and v6 versions of the captive portal options.
|
|
|
|
- *DHCP and Router Advertisement Options for the Discovery of Network-designated
|
|
Resolvers (DNR)*, `RFC 9463 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc9463>`__. The Kea server
|
|
supports the DNR option.
|
|
|
|
- *Registering Self-Generated IPv6 Addresses Using DHCPv6*, `RFC 9686 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc9686>`__. The Kea server supports self-generated address registration. See :ref:`dhcp6-address-registration` for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-limit:
|
|
|
|
DHCPv6 Server Limitations
|
|
=========================
|
|
|
|
These are the current known limitations of the Kea DHCPv6 server software. Most of
|
|
them are reflections of the current stage of development and should be
|
|
treated as “not yet implemented,” rather than actual limitations.
|
|
|
|
- The server allocates, renews, or rebinds a maximum of one lease for
|
|
a particular IA option (IA_NA or IA_PD) sent by a client. `RFC
|
|
8415 <https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__ allows for multiple
|
|
addresses or prefixes to be allocated for a single IA.
|
|
|
|
- Temporary addresses are not supported. There is no intention to ever
|
|
implement this feature, as it is deprecated in `RFC 8415
|
|
<https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8415>`__.
|
|
|
|
- Client reconfiguration (RECONFIGURE) is not yet supported.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-srv-examples:
|
|
|
|
Kea DHCPv6 Server Examples
|
|
==========================
|
|
|
|
A collection of simple-to-use examples for the DHCPv6 component of Kea
|
|
is available with the source files, located in the ``doc/examples/kea6``
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-cb:
|
|
|
|
Configuration Backend in DHCPv6
|
|
===============================
|
|
|
|
In the :ref:`config-backend` section we have described the Configuration
|
|
Backend (CB) feature, its applicability, and its limitations. This section focuses
|
|
on the usage of the CB with the DHCPv6 server. It lists the supported
|
|
parameters, describes limitations, and gives examples of DHCPv6
|
|
server configurations to take advantage of the CB. Please also refer to
|
|
the corresponding section :ref:`dhcp4-cb` for DHCPv4-specific usage of
|
|
the CB.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-cb-parameters:
|
|
|
|
Supported Parameters
|
|
--------------------
|
|
|
|
The ultimate goal for the CB is to serve as a central configuration
|
|
repository for one or multiple Kea servers connected to a database.
|
|
In currently supported Kea versions, only a subset of
|
|
the DHCPv6 server parameters can be configured in the database. All other
|
|
parameters must be specified in the JSON configuration file, if
|
|
required.
|
|
|
|
All supported parameters can be configured via :ischooklib:`libdhcp_cb_cmds.so`.
|
|
The general rule is that
|
|
scalar global parameters are set using
|
|
:isccmd:`remote-global-parameter6-set`; shared-network-specific parameters
|
|
are set using :isccmd:`remote-network6-set`; and subnet-level and pool-level
|
|
parameters are set using :isccmd:`remote-subnet6-set`. Whenever
|
|
there is an exception to this general rule, it is highlighted in the
|
|
table. Non-scalar global parameters have dedicated commands; for example,
|
|
the global DHCPv6 options (``option-data``) are modified using
|
|
:isccmd:`remote-option6-global-set`. Client classes, together with class-specific
|
|
option definitions and DHCPv6 options, are configured using the
|
|
:isccmd:`remote-class6-set` command.
|
|
|
|
The :ref:`cb-sharing` section explains the concept of shareable
|
|
and non-shareable configuration elements and the limitations for
|
|
sharing them between multiple servers. In the DHCP configuration (both DHCPv4
|
|
and DHCPv6), the shareable configuration elements are subnets and shared
|
|
networks. Thus, they can be explicitly associated with multiple server tags.
|
|
The global parameters, option definitions, and global options are non-shareable
|
|
and can be associated with only one server tag. This rule does not apply
|
|
to the configuration elements associated with ``all`` servers. Any configuration
|
|
element associated with ``all`` servers (using the ``all`` keyword as a server tag) is
|
|
used by all servers connecting to the configuration database.
|
|
|
|
The following table lists DHCPv6-specific parameters supported by the
|
|
configuration backend, with an indication of the level of the hierarchy
|
|
at which it is currently supported.
|
|
|
|
.. table:: List of DHCPv6 parameters supported by the configuration backend
|
|
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| Parameter | Global | Client | Shared | Subnet | Pool | Prefix |
|
|
| | | Class | Network | | | Delegation |
|
|
| | | | | | | Pool |
|
|
+=============================+============================+===========+===========+===========+===========+============+
|
|
| allocator | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| cache-max-age | yes | n/a | no | no | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| cache-threshold | yes | n/a | no | no | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| calculate-tee-times | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| client-class | n/a | n/a | yes | yes | yes | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-send-update | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-override-no-update | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-override-client-update | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-replace-client-name | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-generated-prefix | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| ddns-qualifying-suffix | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| decline-probation-period | yes | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| delegated-len | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| dhcp4o6-port | yes | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| excluded-prefix | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| excluded-prefix-len | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| hostname-char-set | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| hostname-char-replacement | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| interface | n/a | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| interface-id | n/a | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| max-preferred-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| max-valid-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| min-preferred-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| min-valid-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| option-data | yes (via | yes | yes | yes | yes | yes |
|
|
| | remote-option6-global-set) | | | | | |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| option-def | yes (via | yes | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a |
|
|
| | remote-option-def6-set) | | | | | |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| pd-allocator | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| preferred-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| prefix | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| prefix-len | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | n/a | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| rapid-commit | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| rebind-timer | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| relay | n/a | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| renew-timer | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| require-client-classes | no | n/a | yes | yes | yes | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| evaluate-additional-classes | no | n/a | yes | yes | yes | yes |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| reservations-global | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| reservations-in-subnet | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| reservations-out-of-pool | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| t1-percent | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| t2-percent | yes | n/a | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
| valid-lifetime | yes | yes | yes | yes | n/a | n/a |
|
|
+-----------------------------+----------------------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------------+
|
|
|
|
- ``yes`` - indicates that the parameter is supported at the given
|
|
level of the hierarchy and can be configured via the configuration backend.
|
|
|
|
- ``no`` - indicates that a parameter is supported at the given level
|
|
of the hierarchy but cannot be configured via the configuration backend.
|
|
|
|
- ``n/a`` - indicates that a given parameter is not applicable
|
|
at the particular level of the hierarchy or that the
|
|
server does not support the parameter at that level.
|
|
|
|
Some scalar parameters contained by top level global maps are supported by the configuration backend.
|
|
|
|
.. table:: List of DHCPv6 map parameters supported by the configuration backend
|
|
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| Parameter name (flat naming format) | Global map | Parameter name |
|
|
+==================================================================+==============================+==================================+
|
|
| compatibility.lenient-option-parsing | compatibility | lenient-option-parsing |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.enable-updates | dhcp-ddns | enable-updates |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.max-queue-size | dhcp-ddns | max-queue-size |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.ncr-format | dhcp-ddns | ncr-format |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.ncr-protocol | dhcp-ddns | ncr-protocol |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.sender-ip | dhcp-ddns | sender-ip |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.sender-port | dhcp-ddns | sender-port |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.server-ip | dhcp-ddns | server-ip |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-ddns.server-port | dhcp-ddns | server-port |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.flush-reclaimed-timer-wait-time | expired-leases-processing | flush-reclaimed-timer-wait-time |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.hold-reclaimed-time | expired-leases-processing | hold-reclaimed-time |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.max-reclaim-leases | expired-leases-processing | max-reclaim-leases |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.max-reclaim-time | expired-leases-processing | max-reclaim-time |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.reclaim-timer-wait-time | expired-leases-processing | reclaim-timer-wait-time |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| expired-leases-processing.unwarned-reclaim-cycles | expired-leases-processing | unwarned-reclaim-cycles |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| multi-threading.enable-multi-threading | multi-threading | enable-multi-threading |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| multi-threading.thread-pool-size | multi-threading | thread-pool-size |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| multi-threading.packet-queue-size | multi-threading | packet-queue-size |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| sanity-checks.lease-checks | sanity-checks | lease-checks |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| sanity-checks.extended-info-checks | sanity-checks | extended-info-checks |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| server-id.type | server-id | type |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| server-id.enterprise-id | server-id | enterprise-id |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| server-id.identifier | server-id | identifier |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| server-id.persist | server-id | persist |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-queue-control.enable-queue | dhcp-queue-control | enable-queue |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-queue-control.queue-type | dhcp-queue-control | queue-type |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
| dhcp-queue-control.capacity | dhcp-queue-control | capacity |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
Some global list parameters containing only scalar types are supported by the configuration backend.
|
|
|
|
.. table:: List of DHCPv6 list parameters supported by the configuration backend
|
|
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
| Parameter name | List container parameter type |
|
|
+==================================================================+
|
|
| host-reservation-identifiers | string |
|
|
+------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-cb-json:
|
|
|
|
Enabling the Configuration Backend
|
|
----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Consider the following configuration snippet, which uses a MySQL configuration
|
|
database:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-tag": "my DHCPv6 server",
|
|
"config-control": {
|
|
"config-databases": [
|
|
{
|
|
"type": "mysql",
|
|
"name": "kea",
|
|
"user": "kea",
|
|
"password": "1234",
|
|
"host": "2001:db8:1::1",
|
|
"port": 3302
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"config-fetch-wait-time": 20
|
|
},
|
|
"hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
"library": "/usr/local/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_mysql.so"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"library": "/usr/local/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_cb_cmds.so"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The following snippet illustrates the use of a PostgreSQL database:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"server-tag": "my DHCPv6 server",
|
|
"config-control": {
|
|
"config-databases": [
|
|
{
|
|
"type": "postgresql",
|
|
"name": "kea",
|
|
"user": "kea",
|
|
"password": "1234",
|
|
"host": "2001:db8:1::1",
|
|
"port": 3302
|
|
}
|
|
],
|
|
"config-fetch-wait-time": 20
|
|
},
|
|
"hooks-libraries": [
|
|
{
|
|
"library": "/usr/local/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_pgsql.so"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"library": "/usr/local/lib/kea/hooks/libdhcp_cb_cmds.so"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The configuration structure is almost identical to that of the DHCPv4 server
|
|
(see :ref:`dhcp4-cb-json` for the detailed description).
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6-compatibility:
|
|
|
|
Kea DHCPv6 Compatibility Configuration Parameters
|
|
=================================================
|
|
|
|
ISC's intention is for Kea to follow the RFC documents to promote better standards
|
|
compliance. However, many buggy DHCP implementations already exist that cannot be
|
|
easily fixed or upgraded. Therefore, Kea provides an easy-to-use compatibility
|
|
mode for broken or non-compliant clients. For that purpose, the compatibility option must be
|
|
enabled to permit uncommon practices:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"compatibility": {
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lenient Option Parsing
|
|
----------------------
|
|
|
|
By default, DHCPv6 option 16's ``vendor-class-data`` field is parsed as a set of
|
|
length-value pairs; the same is true for tuple fields defined in custom options.
|
|
|
|
With ``"lenient-option-parsing": true``, if a length ever exceeds the rest of
|
|
the option's buffer, previous versions of Kea returned a log message ``unable to
|
|
parse the opaque data tuple, the buffer length is x, but the tuple length is y``
|
|
with ``x < y``; this no longer occurs. Instead, the value is considered to be the rest of the buffer,
|
|
or in terms of the log message above, the tuple length ``y`` becomes ``x``.
|
|
|
|
Enabling this flag is expected to improve compatibility with devices such as RAD
|
|
MiNID.
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"compatibility": {
|
|
"lenient-option-parsing": true
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Starting with Kea version 2.5.8, this parsing is extended to silently ignore
|
|
client-fqdn (39) options with some invalid domain names.
|
|
|
|
.. _dhcp6_allocation_strategies:
|
|
|
|
Allocation Strategies in DHCPv6
|
|
===============================
|
|
|
|
A DHCP server follows a complicated algorithm to select a DHCPv6 lease for a client.
|
|
It prefers assigning specific addresses or delegated prefixes requested by the client
|
|
and the ones for which the client has reservations.
|
|
|
|
When the client requests a specific delegated prefix,
|
|
:iscman:`kea-dhcp6` follows a series of steps to try to satisfy the request, in this
|
|
order:
|
|
|
|
1. It searches for a lease that matches the requested prefix and prefix length.
|
|
2. It searches for a lease that matches the prefix length.
|
|
3. It searches for a lease with a larger address space (smaller prefix length).
|
|
4. It searches for a lease with a smaller address space (larger prefix length).
|
|
|
|
If the client requests no particular
|
|
lease and has no reservations, or other clients are already using any requested leases, the server must
|
|
find another available lease within the configured pools. A server function called
|
|
an "allocator" is responsible in Kea for finding an available lease in such a case.
|
|
|
|
The Kea DHCPv6 server provides configuration parameters to select different allocators
|
|
at the global, shared-network, and subnet levels. It also
|
|
allows different allocation strategies to be selected for address assignments and
|
|
prefix delegation.
|
|
|
|
Consider the following example:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"allocator": "iterative",
|
|
"pd-allocator": "random",
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"allocator": "random"
|
|
},
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 2,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:2::/64",
|
|
"pd-allocator": "iterative"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The iterative allocator is globally selected for address assignments, while the
|
|
random allocator is globally selected for prefix delegation. These settings
|
|
are selectively overridden at the subnet level.
|
|
|
|
The following sections describe the supported allocators and their
|
|
recommended uses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocators Comparison
|
|
---------------------
|
|
|
|
In the table below, we briefly compare the supported allocators, all of which
|
|
are described in detail in later sections.
|
|
|
|
.. table:: Comparison of the lease allocators supported by Kea DHCPv6
|
|
|
|
+------------------+-----------------------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+------------------------------+----------------+
|
|
| Allocator | Low Utilization Performance | High Utilization Performance | Lease Randomization | Startup/Configuration | Memory Usage |
|
|
+==================+=============================+==============================+=======================+==============================+================+
|
|
| Iterative | very high | low | no | very fast | low |
|
|
+------------------+-----------------------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+------------------------------+----------------+
|
|
| Random | high | low | yes | very fast | high (varying) |
|
|
+------------------+-----------------------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+------------------------------+----------------+
|
|
| Free Lease Queue | high | high | yes | slow (depends on pool sizes) | high (varying) |
|
|
+------------------+-----------------------------+------------------------------+-----------------------+------------------------------+----------------+
|
|
|
|
|
|
Iterative Allocator
|
|
-------------------
|
|
This is the default allocator used by the Kea DHCPv6 server. It remembers the
|
|
last offered lease and offers the following sequential lease to the next client.
|
|
For example, it may offer addresses in this order: ``2001:db8:1::10``,
|
|
``2001:db8:1::11``, ``2001:db8:1::12``, and so on. Similarly, it offers the
|
|
next sequential delegated prefix after the previous one to the next client. The time to
|
|
find and offer the next lease or delegated prefix is very short; thus, this is the most performant
|
|
allocator when pool utilization is low and there is a high probability
|
|
that the next selected lease is available.
|
|
|
|
The iterative allocation underperforms when multiple DHCP servers share a lease
|
|
database or are connected to a cluster. The servers tend to offer and allocate
|
|
the same blocks of addresses to different clients independently, which causes many
|
|
allocation conflicts between the servers and retransmissions by clients. A random
|
|
allocation addresses this issue by dispersing the allocation order.
|
|
|
|
Random Allocator
|
|
----------------
|
|
|
|
The random allocator uses a uniform randomization function to select offered
|
|
addresses and delegated prefixes from subnet pools. It is suitable in deployments
|
|
where multiple servers are connected
|
|
to a shared database or a database cluster. By dispersing the offered leases, the
|
|
servers minimize the risk of allocating the same lease to two different clients at
|
|
the same or nearly the same time. In addition, it improves the server's
|
|
resilience against attacks based on allocation predictability.
|
|
|
|
The random allocator is, however, slightly slower than the iterative allocator.
|
|
Moreover, it increases the server's memory consumption because it must remember
|
|
randomized leases to avoid offering them repeatedly. Memory consumption grows
|
|
with the number of offered leases; in other words, larger pools and more
|
|
clients increase memory consumption by random allocation.
|
|
|
|
Free Lease Queue Allocator (Prefix Delegation Only)
|
|
---------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
This is a sophisticated allocator whose use should be considered in subnets
|
|
with highly utilized delegated prefix pools. In such cases, it can take a
|
|
considerable amount of time for the iterative or random allocator to find
|
|
an available prefix, because they must repeatedly check whether there is a
|
|
valid lease for a prefix they will offer. The number of checks can be as
|
|
high as the number of delegated prefixes in the subnet when the subnet pools
|
|
are exhausted, which can have a direct negative impact on the DHCP response time for
|
|
each request.
|
|
|
|
The Free Lease Queue (FLQ) allocator tracks lease allocations and de-allocations
|
|
and maintains a running list of available delegated prefixes for each pool.
|
|
It allows an available lease to be selected within a constant time, regardless of
|
|
the subnet pools' utilization. The allocator continuously updates the list of
|
|
free leases by removing any allocated leases and adding released or
|
|
reclaimed ones.
|
|
|
|
The following configuration snippet shows how to select the FLQ allocator
|
|
for prefix delegation in a subnet:
|
|
|
|
.. code-block:: json
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
"Dhcp6": {
|
|
"subnet6": [
|
|
{
|
|
"id": 1,
|
|
"subnet": "2001:db8:1::/64",
|
|
"pd-allocator": "flq"
|
|
}
|
|
]
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
.. note::
|
|
|
|
The Free Lease Queue allocator can only be used for DHCPv6 prefix delegation.
|
|
An attempt to use this allocator for address assignment (with the ``allocator``
|
|
parameter) will cause a configuration error. DHCPv6 address pools are
|
|
typically very large and their utilization is low; in this situation, the benefits
|
|
of using the FLQ allocator diminish. The amount of time required for the
|
|
allocator to populate the free lease queue would cause the server to freeze
|
|
upon startup.
|
|
|
|
There are several considerations that the administrator should take into account
|
|
before using this allocator for prefix delegation. The FLQ allocator can heavily
|
|
impact the server's startup and reconfiguration time, because the allocator
|
|
has to populate the list of free leases for each subnet where it is used.
|
|
These delays can be observed both during the configuration reload and when
|
|
the subnets are created using :ischooklib:`libdhcp_subnet_cmds.so`. This allocator
|
|
increases memory consumption to hold the list of free leases,
|
|
proportional to the total size of the pools for which this allocator is used.
|
|
Finally, lease reclamation must be enabled with a low value of the
|
|
``reclaim-timer-wait-time`` parameter, to ensure that the server frequently
|
|
collects expired leases and makes them available for allocation via the
|
|
free lease queue. Expired leases are not considered free by
|
|
the allocator until they are reclaimed by the server. See
|
|
:ref:`lease-reclamation` for more details about the lease reclamation process.
|
|
|
|
We recommend that the FLQ allocator be selected
|
|
only after careful consideration. The server puts no restrictions on the
|
|
delegated-prefix pool sizes used with the FLQ allocator, so we advise users to
|
|
test how long it takes for the server to load the pools before deploying the
|
|
configuration using the FLQ allocator in production. We also recommend
|
|
specifying another allocator type in the global configuration settings
|
|
and overriding this selection at the subnet or shared-network level, to use
|
|
the FLQ allocator only for selected subnets. That way, when a new subnet is
|
|
added without an allocator specification, the global setting is used, thus
|
|
avoiding unnecessary impact on the server's startup time.
|
|
|
|
.. warning::
|
|
|
|
The FLQ allocator is not suitable for use with a shared lease database
|
|
(i.e., when multiple Kea servers store leases in the same database).
|
|
The servers are unaware of the expired leases reclaimed by the
|
|
sibling servers and never return them to their local free lease queues.
|
|
As a result, the servers will not be able to offer some of the available
|
|
leases to the clients. Only a server reclaiming a particular lease will
|
|
be able to offer it.
|
|
|
|
In Kea 3.1.1 a new parameter ``adaptive-lease-time-threshold`` was added.
|
|
It can be specified at global, shared network and subnet levels and
|
|
takes a floating point value between ``0.0`` (excluded) and ``1.0``.
|
|
It is disabled by default or when set to ``1.0``. It is only supported
|
|
by the FLQ allocator. When the occupancy rate of pools in a subnet is
|
|
above the specified value the server decreases the lease valid lifetime
|
|
to the applicable ``min-valid-lifetime`` for new clients. Clients
|
|
renewing an already existing lease get at least the remaining lifetime
|
|
from the current lease. Since the leases expire faster, the server may
|
|
either recover more quickly or avoid pool exhaustion entirely.
|
|
|
|
The occupancy rate is defined as being the number of already assigned
|
|
delegated prefixes (including the address being assigned) divided by the total
|
|
number of prefixes in pools where the address can be allocated from
|
|
(i.e. if the query is not member of a ``client-classes`` guard of a pool,
|
|
or if the delegated prefix length is not compatible this pool is not taken
|
|
into account).
|